Ready to install Distribution boards, DIN rail mounted equipment, enclosures and connection systems

Ready to install Distribution boards, DIN rail mounted equipment, enclosures and connection systems

Contents Isobar 4 distribution boards and protective devices Section one 7 Modular control products Section two 31 Unit mounted residual current devices Section three 73 Unit mounted circuit breakers Section four 79 Connection systems Section five 113 Enclosures Section six 121 Technical data Section seven 133 Dimensions Section eight 163 Schneider Electric overview Section nine 197 Comprehensive quick reference index Section ten 203

Isobar 4 Type A distribution board features Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 16kA to BS EN 60439 High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve single and double pole 125A busbar rating Isobar disconnection system ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated Option of switching outgoing neutral on all boards using distributed neutral kit Terminal block for feeding up to 100A Range of incomers: switch disconnectors, residual current devices, terminal blocks Single pole RCBO for new or retrofit maintaining device density Full range of device accessories and auxiliaries Knockouts for cable gland and conduit

Isobar 4 Type B distribution board with 125A incomer features High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 25kA to BS EN 60439 when fed by MCCB 250A busbar rating Isobar disconnection system ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated Option of switching outgoing neutral using distributed neutral kit Range of incomers Removable insulated pan assembly Fully shrouded neutral Split neutral bars Removable gland plates

Isobar 4 Type B distribution board with 250A incomer features High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve 1, 2, 3 or 4 pole Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 25kA to BS EN 60439 when fed by MCCB 250A busbar rating Isobar disconnection system ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated Option of switching outgoing neutral using distributed neutral kit Range of incomers up to 250A Removable insulated pan assembly Fully shrouded neutral Split neutral bars Removable gland plates

Isobar 4 distribution boards and protective devices Section one Type A single phase Distribution boards 8-9 Incoming devices 10 Outgoing devices 21 - Loose enclosures and accessories 11 Type B three phase Distribution boards 12 Incoming devices 14-15 Outgoing devices 21 - Loose enclosures and accessories 16 Replacement items Pan assemblies Type A and Type B 20 Doors and covers Type A and Type B 20 7

Isobar 4 SP&N type A distribution boards* Note: All devices are sold separately 125A Standard A boards (incomers not included) Part N o. N o. of outgoing Dimensions (mm) ways Height Width Depth MGAN6 6 264 260 127 MGAN9 9 264 315 127 MGAN12 12 264 370 127 MGAN15 15 264 450 127 *MGAN23 23 494 370 127 * 2 row unit. MGAN6 125A Split load A boards (incomers not included) Part N o. Unprotected Protected Dimensions (mm) outgoing ways outgoing ways Height Width Depth MGAN46SL 4 6 264 450 127 MGAN48SL 4 8 264 450 127 MGAN66SL 6 6 264 450 127 MGAN66SL Specification: Designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 60439-3 Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link Busbar rating 125A Voltage rating 230/240Vac Distributed neutral allowing 2 pole switching at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm 2 DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit, see page 11 5 single pole blanking plates Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated IP2X with covers removed Incomers: Switch disconnector see page 10 Residual current device see page 10 Terminal block see page 10 Outgoers: MCBs see page 21 RCBOs see page 2 pole Vigi see page 23 Auxiliaries see page 26 Distribution board accessories see page 11 * for use only with C60H range 8

Isobar 4 SP&N type A distribution boards* Note: All devices are sold separately 125A Dual incomer A boards (incomers not included) Part N o. N o. of N o. of Dimensions (mm) outgoing ways outgoing ways Circuit A Circuit B Height Width Depth MGAN46DS 4 6 264 370 127 MGAN66DS 6 6 264 450 127 MGAN76DS 7 6 264 450 127 Loads should be evenly distributed across primary and secondary supplies. MGAN66DS MGAN716MS 125A Multi service A boards (incomers not included) Part N o. N o. of Useable Dimensions (mm) outgoing ways DIN rail SP way Height Width Depth MGAN416MS 4 8 264 370 127 MGAN520MS 5 10 264 450 127 MGAN716MS 7 8 264 450 127 MGAN96MS 9 3 264 370 127 MGAN912MS 9 6 264 450 127 MGAN1010MS 10 5 264 450 127 MGAN126MS 12 3 264 450 127 MGAN18MS 12 14 494 370 127 2 row unit. Specification: Designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 60439-3 Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link Busbar rating 125A Voltage rating 230/240Vac Distributed neutral allowing 2 pole switching at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm 2 DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit, see page 11 5 single pole blanking plates Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated IP2X with covers removed * for use only with C60H range Incomers: Switch disconnector see page 10 Residual current device see page 10 Terminal block see page 10 Outgoers: MCBs see page 21 RCBOs see page 2 pole Vigi see page 23 Auxiliaries see page 26 Control and command devices see page 31 Distribution board accessories see page 11 9

Isobar 4 SP&N type A distribution boards - incomers Part N o. Rating Voltage N o. of poles MGI1252 125A 230/240V 2 BS EN 60947-3 ACA Cable capacity 50mm 2 Red toggle and PCI in accordance with BS 7671 Wiring Regulations Tightening torque 3.5Nm MGI1252 RMG630302 Part N o. Rating Voltage Sensitivity RMG630302 63A 230/240V 30mA RMG631002 63A 230/240V 100mA RMG633002 63A 230/240V 300mA RMG800302 80A 230/240V 30mA RMG801002 80A 230/240V 100mA RMG803002 80A 230/240V 300mA 23111 80A 230/240V 100mA Time delayed RMG1000302 100A 230/240V 30mA RMG1001002 100A 230/240V 100mA RMG1001002S 100A 230/240V 100mA Time delayed RMG1003002 100A 230/240V 300mA 23116 100A 230/240V 300mA Time delayed Specification: BS EN 61008. Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Cable capacity 63A, 80A = up to 35mm 2 100A = up to 50mm 2 Terminal tightening torque 2Nm (35mm 2 ), 3.5Nm (50mm 2 ) Part N o. Rating Voltage N o. of poles MGTB1252 125A 230/240V 2 Specification: Direct connection incoming lug unit, two pole suitable for use in any Isobar 4 A type board Cable capacity 50mm 2 Terminal tightening torque 3.5Nm MGTB1252 10

MGN56DE Application A range of steel enclosures using the Isobar 4 A board design suitable for mounting DIN devices including MCBs, RCBOs and control and command products. Part Useable N o. of Dimensions (mm) N o. DIN rail rows SP ways Height Width Depth MGN16DE 8 1 264 260 127 MGNDE 11 1 264 315 127 MGN28DE 14 1 264 370 127 MGN34DE 17 1 264 450 127 *MGN56DE 28 2 494 370 127 * 2 row unit. Specification: Folded sheet steel enclosure Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 DIN rail Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit Earth bar 5 single pole blanking plates Accessories: Part N o. Description MGBL Key lock BP Blanking plates 5 off light grey Isobar 4 MGA loose enclosures and board accessories Part N o. SP circuits Description MGANWL 15 A board spare outgoing way self adhesive labels MGANWL MGTB1001 Part N o. MGTB1001 Description 100A terminal block for installation in Isobar boards as an outgoing way. Supplied with identification labels. Note: cable must be provided with local protection to comply with BS 7671. Cable capacity 50mm 2. Part N o. MGNA4 MGNA6 MGNA7 MGNA9 MGNA12 MGNA15 Description Distributed neutral kit for 4 way SP+N Distributed neutral kit for 6 way SP+N Distributed neutral kit for 7 way SP+N Distributed neutral kit for 9 way SP+N Distributed neutral kit for 12 way SP+N Distributed neutral kit for 15 way SP+N MGNA24 Distributed neutral kit for 24 way SP+N NKIT Phase to neutral conversion kit (pack 4) Note: One pack included in a distributed neutral kit MGACE Part N o. MGACE Flush mounting kit Part N o. MGAN6FK MGAN9FK MGAN12FK MGAN15FK MGAN24FK Description Clean earth facility for A type boards (6 hole). Or can be used to comply with BS 7671 607-02 where the protective conductor ring shall be separately connected at the distribution board. For use with MGAN6, MGN16DE MGAN9 MGAN12, MGAN46DS, MGAN416MS MGAN15, MGAN46SL, MGAN48SL, MGAN66SL, MGAN76DS, MGAN912MS, MGAN1010MS, MGAN18MS MGAN23, MGAN18MS 11

Isobar 4 TP&N type B distribution boards* Note: All devices are sold separately Standard B boards Part N o. N o. of TP Dimensions (mm) outgoing ways Height Width Depth MGBN4 4 484 470 158 MGBN6 6 484 470 158 MGBN8 8 538 470 158 MGBN12 12 700 470 158 MGBN16 16 808 470 158 MGBN18 18 808 470 158 MGBN24 24 970 470 158 MGBN12 Split load B boards These are achieved by selecting any 2 Isobar B boards and joining with either MGBNTJKN and feeding the top board via a outgoing 100 amp terminal block MGTB1001 for each phase or use MGBN63SPL split load kit which is supplied with a 63 amp C curve mcb Multi service B boards Control products can be added to any B type distribution board using a modular extension box MGBNEX034N which will accept 17 single pole wide control products MGBN12+MGBN8 Specification: Designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 60439-3 Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link Busbar rating 250A Voltage rating 400/415Vac Distributed neutral allowing 2 or 4 pole switching at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm 2 100% rated DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars Surface mounting Flush mounting available 5 single pole blanking plates supplied Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated IP2X with covers removed Incomers: see page 14 Outgoers: see page 21 MGBN8 + Multi service * for use only with C60H range 12

Isobar 4 TP&N type B distribution boards* Note: All devices are sold separately Heavy duty IP55 (125A) Part N o. N o. of outgoing Height Width Depth ways TP MGBN6HDGK 6 650 600 330 MGBN8HDGK 8 650 600 330 MGBN12HDGK 12 850 600 330 MGBN16HDGK 16 850 600 330 MGBN12HDGK Specification: Designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 60439-3 Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link Busbar ratings 125A Voltage rating 400/415Vac Distributed neutral allowing 2 or 4 pole switching at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit Ingress protection IP55 to BS EN 60529 Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm 2 DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars Additional earth stud provided 5 single pole blanking plates Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated Door can be left or right handed Key lockable enclosure as standard Incomers: Switch disconnector see page 15 Residual current devices see page 15 Terminal blocks see page 15 (Maximum 125A DIN rail mounted) Outgoers: MCBs see page 21 RCBOs see page 23 * for use only with C60H range 13

Isobar 4 TP&N type B distribution boards - incomers Switch disconnectors Part N o. Rating Voltage N o. of poles MGI1253N 125A 415V 3 + N MGI1254 125A 415V 4 MGI1254 Specification: BS EN 60947-3 Category of duty AC Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Cable capacity 50mm 2 Terminal tightening torque 3.5Nm Lockable in ON or OFF position using ref: MGLA MGNI2504 Switch disconnectors (160-250A) Part N o. Rating Voltage N o. of poles MGNI1603 160A 415V 3+N MGNI2003 200A 415V 3+N MGNI2503 250A 415V 3+N MGNI1604 160A 415V 4 MGNI2004 200A 415V 4 MGNI54 5A 415V 4 MGNI2504 250A 415V 4 29243 Bare cable connector set 95mm 2 160A set of 4 29260 Bare cable connector set 185mm 2 250A set of 4 MGALK Allen key kit for fitting devices >160A Devices fit directly into distribution board and are supplied with 270mm extension box. Specification: BS EN 60947-3 Copper pad for M8 lugs, tightening torque 15Nm Lockable in ON or OFF position Category of duty AC Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 MGBNI160RCCB Residual current circuit breakers (RCCBS 63-160A) Part N o. Rating Voltage Sensitivity N o. RMG630304 63A 415V 30mA 4 RMG631004 63A 415V 100mA 4 RMG633004 63A 415V 300mA 4 23146 63A 415V 300mA TD** 4 16261 80A 415V 30mA 4 23213 100A 415V 300mA 4 237 100A 415V 300mA TD** 4 MGNI160RCCB* 160A 415V Adjustable 4 * Item is supplied with 270mm extension box, MCCB and Vigi. ** Time delay as an element of discrimination. Specification: BS EN 61008 Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Lockable in ON or OFF position Trip free mechanism Cable capacity 63A/80A - 35mm 2, 100A - 50mm 2 Terminal tightening torque 2Nm (63/80A), 3.5Nm (100A), 15Nm (160A) of poles 14

Isobar 4 TP&N type B distribution boards - incomers Terminal blocks (125/250A) Part N o. Rating Voltage Notes MGTB1254 125A 415V MGNTB2504 250A 415V With extension box MGNPBN250TB 250A 415V Without extension box Specification: Cable capacity: 125A - 50mm 2 250A - M8 copper pad Terminal tightening torque: 125A - 3.5Nm 250A - 15Nm MGTB1254 Moulded case circuit breakers (MCCBs 100-250A) Part N o. Rating Voltage N o. of poles MGNCB1004 100A 415V 4 MGNCB1604 160A 415V 4 MGNCB2004 200A 415V 4 MGNCB2504 250A 415V 4 MGALK Allen key kit for fitting devices >160A MGNCB2004 Devices fit directly into distribution board and are supplied with 270mm extension box and terminal shield Can be fitted with shunt trip, UVR and auxiliary switch. Refer to Compact NS Catalogue Distribution boards fitted with a MCCB are suitable for installations with fault levels up to 25kA Specification: BS EN 60947-2 Category of duty AC Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Cable capacity 50mm 2-185mm 2 Terminal tightening torque 100A - 10Nm, 160, 200 and 250A - 15Nm Surge arrestor kit Part N o. Description MGNPRD Supplied with extension box and protection device Dual source incomer Part N o. Rating Voltage N o. of poles MGNDSI 125A 415V 4 MGNDSI To be used in dual source applications, with standby being a portable/fixed generator set or second transformer. Mechanically interlocks any combination of the following incoming 4P devices: MGI1254 C120 To be ordered separately. } C60 A padlocking facility enables either one or both to be locked in the OFF position or using MGLA for locking ON. Front cover is lockable using MGBL. Cable capacity 50mm 2. Supplied complete with board connection. 15

Isobar 4 MGB loose enclosures Application MGB loose enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. They may be mounted individually or attached to the side of an MGB board of equivalent height using the side joining kit MGBNSJK. Alternatively they may be attached to the top or bottom of an MGB board using the top/bottom joining kit MGBNTJKN. MGBN8SXS Supplied with DIN rail, door and slotted front cover Part N o. N o. of N o. of Dimensions (mm) 18mm rows SP ways Height Width Depth MGBN4SXS 34 2 484 470 158 MGBN8SXS 34 2 538 470 158 MGBN12SXS 51 3 700 470 158 MGBN16SXS 68 4 808 470 158 MGBN24SXS 85 5 970 470 158 Supplied with DIN rail, door and plain front cover Part N o. N o. of N o. of Dimensions (mm) 18mm rows SP ways Height Width Depth MGBN4SXP 34 2 484 470 158 MGBN8SXP 34 2 538 470 158 MGBN12SXP 51 3 700 470 158 MGBN16SXP 68 4 808 470 158 MGBN24SXP 85 5 970 470 158 MGBN8SXP Specification: Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 Earth bar capacity 25mm 2 Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit, see page 28 Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated For enclosure accessories see page 18 For alternative enclosures see Section six, page 121. Extra terminal bar for earth For inside enclosure mounting Including support Current rating 200A 25mm 2 holes Type Part N o. For panel mounting 12 holes MG12EE 18 holes MG18EE 24 holes MG24EE 36 holes MG36EE 48 holes MG48EE 56 holes MG56EE 72 holes MG72EE 16

Isobar 4 B board extension boxes and metering Application The range of B boards are manufactured in a 270mm modular height thereof, to allow the user greater flexibility, so enabling the inclusion of single phase distribution boards, multi service units, larger cabling arrangements etc. MGBNEXN Part N o. MGBNEXN Part N o. MGBNEX034N Description Extension box with plain front cover. Provides additional wiring space or a housing for control or metering equipment. Description Extension box with DIN rail, slotted front cover and door. Provides space for up to 17 SP DIN mounted products. Includes gland plate and joining kit. MGBNEX034N Part N o. MGBNEXA15N Description A 15 way Isobar 4c A type distribution board designed for fixing direct on to any Isobar 4c B type board. MGBNEXA15N MGBN100CCI Contactor incomer 100A Part N o. Description MGBN100CCI Provides contactor control and isolation of Isobar 4c B type boards Kit includes 100A contactor 240Vac coil (Part No. 15978, see page 46 for details) Switch disconnector Extension box 270mm Interconnections 100A terminal block 3 phase kwh metering Part N o. MGBNKWH Description Extension box with multi-function meter, CT s, wiring loom and MCB to pick up voltage. Meter provides Phase voltage kvarh Current Power factor kwh, kw per phase Pulsed output per kwh MGBNKWH Note: Voltage connection takes up 4 SP outgoing ways at bottom of stack 17

Isobar 4 TP&N type B distribution board accessories Part N o. Description SP circuits MGBNWL B board front cover way labels 72 MGBNWL 100A outgoing terminal block Part N o. MGTB1001 Description 100A terminal block for installation in Isobar boards as an outgoing way. Supplied with identification labels. Note: cable must be provided with local protection to comply with BS 7671. Cable capacity 50mm 2. MGBL Part N o. MGBL MGK33 Description Door lock for A and B boards new style square sliding catch 2 off spare keys for MGBL Spare door catch Part N o. Description BP 5 pole blanking plates (light grey). Note: 1 off BP supplied with each distribution board. BP Part N o. MGBNGPN MGBNGPEXN Description Gland plate plain for B type distribution board Gland plate for Isobar extension box Gland plate for B board with knock out 18

Isobar 4 TP&N type B distribution board accessories Single phasing kit (125/250A) Part N o. Rating Voltage Description MG125SPEV 125A 415V For 4P incomers up to 125A MG250SPEV 250A 415V For 4P incomers up to 250A Converts a TP&N B board incomer into single phase applications when used in conjunction with the above terminal blocks and switch disconnectors. MG125SPEV MG250SPEV Part N o. MGBNTJKN MGBNSJK MGBN63SPL Description Joining kit for two type B distribution boards mounted above or below each other. Joining kit for two type B distribution boards mounted side by side. 63amp split load kit kit. MGBNSJK Part N o. MGNB4 MGNB6 MGNB8 MGNB12 MGNB16 MGNB18 MGNB24 Description Distributed neutral kit for 4 way TP+N Distributed neutral kit for 6 way TP+N Distributed neutral kit for 8 way TP+N Distributed neutral kit for 12 way TP+N Distributed neutral kit for 16 way TP+N Distributed neutral kit for 18 way TP+N Distributed neutral kit for 24 way TP+N NKIT Phase to neutral conversion kit (pack 4) Note: One pack included in a distributed neutral kit MGNB6 Part N o. MGNBCE7 MGNBCE25 Description for type B boards provides 7 clean earth or extra neutral/earth holes. 25 hole Clean earth facility 19

Isobar 4 Replacement pan assemblies, doors and covers A board pan assembly* Part N o. MGAN6P MGAN9P MGAN12P MGAN15P Description 6 way SP&N pan assembly 9 way SP&N pan assembly 12 way SP&N pan assembly 15 way SP&N pan assembly MGAN9P B board pan assembly Part N o. MGBN4P MGBN6P MGBN8P MGBN12P MGBN16P MGBN418P MGBN24P Description 4 way TP&N pan assembly 6 way TP&N pan assembly 8 way TP&N pan assembly 12 way TP&N pan assembly 16 way TP&N pan assembly 18 way TP&N pan assembly 24 way TP&N pan assembly MGBN8P A board door and cover Part N o. MGAN6C MGAN9C MGAN12C MGAN15C MGAN23C Description Suitable for MGAN6 Suitable for MGAN9 Suitable for MGAN12 Suitable for MGAN15 Suitable for MGAN23 MGAN6C B board door and cover Part N o. MGBN4C MGBN6C MGBN8C MGBN12C MGBN16C MGBN18C MGBN24C Description Suitable for MGBN4 Suitable for MGBN6 Suitable for MGBN8 Suitable for MGBN12 Suitable for MGBN16 Suitable for MGBN18 Suitable for MGBN24 MGBN8C * for use only with C60H range 20

C60H Isobar 4 outgoers miniature circuit breakers 1-63A Installation In Merlin Gerin Isobar 4 distribution boards Symmetrical DIN rail Direct panel mounting Isobar 4 pan assemblies 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type B Miniature circuit breakers Technical data Current ratings: 1-63A at 30 0 C to BS EN 60898 Voltage ratings: 240-440Vac Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898: 10kA, BS EN 60947-2: 15kA See page 140 for further information on breaking capacities and dc ratings. Operating cycles (O-C): on load 20,000 Operating temperature: -30 0 C to +70 0 C Positive contact indication: in accordance with BS 7671 Current limitation: Class 3 Width: Pole 18mm SP ways mm 1 1 18 2 2 36 3 3 54 4 4 72 Dimensions: see page 172 Weight: Pole Grams 1 110 2 0 3 340 4 450 Accessories: see page 26 Add on earth leakage: see page 23 Technical data: see page 133 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type C Miniature circuit breakers Note: 2 and 4 pole C60H MCBs are suitable for installation in Isobar 4 distribution boards and pan assemblies with NKIT. For current ratings greater than 63A, see Section four. Note: Not suitable as outgoing way in Isobar 4c. See page 135 for grouping factor 1, 2 and 3 pole Type D Miniature circuit breakers 21

C60H Isobar 4 outgoers miniature circuit breakers 1-63A C60HB type B (3-5In) Applications Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits. In applications with general load characteristics Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type B: magnetic setting between 3 and 5 In Cable capacity: 1-25A = 25mm 2 32-63A = 35mm 2 Tightening torque: 25A = 2.5Nm 32-63A = 3.5Nm C60HB miniature circuit breaker Part N o s Ratings 1P 2P 3P 4P (A) 1 C60HB 101 C60HB 201 C60HB 301 C60HB 401 2 C60HB 102 C60HB 202 C60HB 302 C60HB 402 4 C60HB 104 C60HB 204 C60HB 304 C60HB 404 6 C60HB 106 C60HB 206 C60HB 306 C60HB 406 10 C60HB 110 C60HB 210 C60HB 310 C60HB 410 16 C60HB 116 C60HB 216 C60HB 316 C60HB 416 20 C60HB 120 C60HB 0 C60HB 320 C60HB 420 25 C60HB 125 C60HB 5 C60HB 325 C60HB 425 32 C60HB 132 C60HB 232 C60HB 332 C60HB 432 40 C60HB 140 C60HB 240 C60HB 340 C60HB 440 50 C60HB 150 C60HB 250 C60HB 350 C60HB 450 63 C60HB 163 C60HB 263 C60HB 363 C60HB 463 C60HC type C (5-10In) Applications Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits. In applications with moderate inrush currents, such as certain lighting systems Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type C: magnetic setting between 5 and 10 In Cable capacity: 1-25A = 25mm 2 32-63A = 35mm 2 Tightening torque: 25A = 2.5Nm 32-63A = 3.5Nm C60HC miniature circuit breaker Part N o s Ratings 1P 2P 3P 4P (A) 1 C60HC 101 C60HC 201 C60HC 301 24872 2 C60HC 102 C60HC 202 C60HC 302 24873 4 C60HC 104 C60HC 204 C60HC 304 24875 6 C60HC 106 C60HC 206 C60HC 306 24876 10 C60HC 110 C60HC 210 C60HC 310 24877 16 C60HC 116 C60HC 216 C60HC 316 24878 20 C60HC 120 C60HC 0 C60HC 320 24879 25 C60HC 125 C60HC 5 C60HC 325 24880 32 C60HC 132 C60HC 232 C60HC 332 24881 40 C60HC 140 C60HC 240 C60HC 340 24882 50 C60HC 150 C60HC 250 C60HC 350 248 63 C60HC 163 C60HC 263 C60HC 363 24884 C60HD type D (10-14In) Applications Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits. In applications with high inrush currents, such as transformers, motors, certain lighting systems etc Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type D: magnetic setting between 10 and 14 In Cable capacity: 1-25A = 25mm 2 32-63A = 35mm 2 Tightening torque: 25A = 2.5Nm 32-63A = 3.5Nm C60HD miniature circuit breakers Part N o s Ratings 1P 2P 3P 4P (A) 1 C60HD 101 C60HD 201 C60HD 301 25211 2 C60HD 102 C60HD 202 C60HD 302 25212 4 C60HD 104 C60HD 204 C60HD 304 25214 6 C60HD 106 C60HD 206 C60HD 306 25215 10 C60HD 110 C60HD 210 C60HD 310 25216 16 C60HD 116 C60HD 216 C60HD 316 25217 20 C60HD 120 C60HD 0 C60HD 320 25218 25 C60HD 125 C60HD 5 C60HD 325 25219 32 C60HD 132 C60HD 232 C60HD 332 250 40 C60HD 140 C60HD 240 C60HD 340 251 50 C60HD 150 C60HD 250 C60HD 350 252 63 C60HD 163 C60HD 263 C60HD 363 253

Vigi C60 Add on residual current device for use with C60 MCBs only + = Applications Clipped onto the side of any C60 MCB, add on Vigis provide a high level of protection against earth fault in addition to overload and short circuit protection provided by the MCB alone. Effectively creating an RCBO to BS EN 61009, C60 MCBs with add on Vigis can be used with any Isobar 4 distribution board, pan assemblies as well as a wide range of DIN enclosures. MCB 2P Vigi RCBO Vigi modules - 2 pole for assembly with 1 or 2 pole MCBs Part N o. Ratings Sensitivity Width in (A) (ma) 18mm SP ways MGV 25 010 2 25 10 2 MGV 63 030 2 63 30 2 MGV 63 100 2 63 100 2 MGV 63 300 2 63 300 2 1 3 2 4 T Vigi modules - 4 pole for assembly with 3 or 4 pole MCBs Part N o. Ratings Sensitivity Width in (A) (ma) 18mm SP ways MGV 63 030 4 63 30 3 MGV 63 300 4 63 300 3 Terminal screw shields available for Vigi RCDs. See C60 accessories on page 26. 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8 T Specification: Standards Approval: BS EN 61008 (BS EN 61009 when fitted to MCB) Operating voltage: 2 pole = 110/240V, 50/60Hz, 4 pole = 240/415V, 50/60Hz Cable capacity: 2 pole = 25mm 2, 4 pole = 35mm 2 Tightening torque: 2.5Nm = 25mm 2, 3.5Nm = 35mm 2 Class AC Integral self test button Indication of earth fault trip Note: Must not be used as the sole means of protection against direct contact with live parts (BS 7671). Dimensions: see page 172 23

C60H RCBO (18mm) Combined MCB/RCD Applications Protection against overloads, short circuits and earth leakage faults. The C60H RCBO provides: Protection against indirect contact Supplementary protection against direct contact (BS 7671) Protection against insulation faults Finger safe terminals Reverse polarity protection Loss of neutral and earth protection Operating voltage: 200Vac - 230Vac Current ratings: 6A - 45A Tripping characteristics: BS EN 61009 (type C) magnetic setting between 5-10 In Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898 10,000A, BS EN 60947 15kA Class 3 current limiting overcurrent protection Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Lockable in ON or OFF position using MGLA Trip free mechanism Compatible with C60 auxiliaries and accessories e.g. alarm contact, shunt trip Load terminals cable capacity 16mm 2 Dimensions: see page 172 C60HC32R30 Trip sensitivity AC class Tripped by sinusoidal AC currents independent of rate of rise. A class Tripped by sinusoidal AC pulsed DC and those containing DC component. Installation Isobar 4 distribution boards, pan assemblies and standard enclosures on symmetrical DIN rail Part N o. Ratings Curve Class (A) type C60HC6R30 6A 30mA C AC C60HC10R30 10A 30mA C AC C60HC16R30 16A 30mA C AC C60HC20R30 20A 30mA C AC C60HC32R30 32A 30mA C AC C60HC45R30 45A 30mA C AC C60HC6R100 6A 100mA C AC C60HC10R100 10A 100mA C AC C60HC16R100 16A 100mA C AC C60HC20R100 20A 100mA C AC C60HC32R100 32A 100mA C AC C60HC45R100 45A 100mA C AC C60HC6RA10 6A 10mA C A C60HC10RA10 10A 10mA C A C60HC16RA10 16A 10mA C A C60HC20RA10 20A 10mA C A C60HC32RA10 32A 10mA C A C60HC45RA10 45A 10mA C A C60HC6RA30 6A 30mA C A C60HC10RA30 10A 30mA C A C60HC16RA30 16A 30mA C A C60HC20RA30 20A 30mA C A C60HC32RA30 32A 30mA C A C60HC45RA30 45A 30mA C A 24

Electrical auxiliaries C60 MCBs and RCBOs Applications For the remote control and status indication of C60 MCBs. They are mounted to the left of the circuit breaker within a maximum width of 54mm Fixed using clips (no tools) onto the left side of the circuit breaker Compatible with Vigi modules (fitted to the right side) A maximum of 3 indication auxiliaries on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 2 changeover auxiliaries (OF+SD/OF) on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 2 tripping auxiliaries (MX + OF or MN) on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 1 tripping auxiliary (MN s or MNx or MSU) on the same circuit breaker Auxiliary combination + + + + OF+SD/OF auxiliary contact OF auxiliary contact SD fault indication switch Mx + OF, MN, MN s MNx or MSU auxiliary Circuit breaker 25

Electrical auxiliaries C60 MCBs and RCBOs 26946 MX + OF (shunt release and auxiliary contact) Control Part N o. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways U> 110-415 110-130 26946 1 48 48 26947 1 12/24 12/24 26948 1 Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is applied. Indication of tripping and fitted with changeover contact for indication. Self breaks control circuit allowing it to remain energised. 14 12 C2 C1 MSU (voltage threshold release) 1P + N Control Part N o. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) ways U>> 0-240 tripping at 255V 26979 2 0-240 tripping at 275V 26479 2 N L 26979 MN (under voltage release) Instantaneous Control Part N o. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways U< 0-240 26960 1 48 48 26961 1 115 (400Hz) 26959 1 0-240 Delayed s 26963 2 Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is removed. D1 D2 26963 26969 MNx emergency stop U> E1 E2 N L Control Part N o. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) ways 230 26969 2 230 26977 2* 400 26991 2* 400 26971 2 * For use with C60 only. Disconnects the MCB when the normally closed push button contact is opened. Does not trip in the event of power supply failure. MX shunt release U> Control Part N o. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways 110-415 110-130 26476 1 48 48 26477 1 12/24 12/24 26478 1 26476 C2 C1 26

Electrical auxiliaries C60 MCBs and RCBOs 26927 26924 26929 SD fault indicating switch 94 92 91 OF auxiliary contact 14 12 11 OF + SD/OF selector switch 24 21 92 94 91 Part N o. Width in 18mm SP ways 26927 0.5 Contact rating (V) (A) 240Vac 6A Auxiliary contact 415Vac 3A changes when device 24Vdc 6A trips with front face 48Vdc 2A indication, red for 125Vdc 1A tripped. Part N o. Width in 18mm SP ways 26924 0.5 Contact rating (V) (A) 240Vac 6A Auxiliary contact 415Vac 3A changes with main 24Vdc 6A contacts (on/off) with 48Vdc 2A test button on front 125Vdc 1A face. Part N o. Width in 18mm SP ways 26929 0.5 Auxiliary contact and selectable auxiliary or fault contact with front face indication. Note: Does not fit onto Isobar 4 distribution board. 27

Accessories For C60 Padlocking facility Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60 Pack of 5 MGLA MGLA Note: MGLA is suitable for use with C60 MCBs/RCBOs mounted in Isobar 4 distribution boards. Description Part N o. Padlock 4mm hasp for MGLA MGLAP For MCBs/RCDs (pack of 2) 26970 Screw shield Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60 Sealable and dividable 2 x strips of 4 26981 26981 Screw shield Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60 Vigi Sealable 1P shields 20 off 26982 Terminal shield Breaker Pole Part N o. C60 pair 1 26975 2 26976 3 26975 + 26976 4 26978 26975/26976 Insulated sub distribution terminal For 3 x cables up to 16mm 2 each Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60>25A Pack of 4 19091 19091 *Aluminium cable terminal For cables of 16-50mm 2 Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60>25A Pack of 1 27060 27060 * not for use in Isobar 4 distribution boards 28

Accessories For C60 *Rear connection terminal For cables up to 50mm 2. Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60 Pack of 2 18528 18528 * not for use in Isobar 4 distribution boards Inter-pole barrier Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60 Pack of 10 27001 27001 29

Accessories For C60 Spacer Breaker Width Part N o. C60 9mm 27062 27062 Replacement cover for vigibloc Breaker Pole Part N o. C60 2 264 Pack of 5 3 26484 replacements 4 26485 264 30

Modular control products Section two Local control 32-44 Remote control 45-54 Time management 55-58 Lighting management 59-60 Metering and measurement 61-70 Heating management 71 31

I switch disconnectors 20-125A Application The I switches perform the operations of control and disconnection. Technical details Compliance with standards: I 20, 32 and 40A: BS EN 60669-1, IEC 669-1 I 63, 100 and 125A, IEC 947-3 - Degree of pollution 3 - Isolating voltage 500Vac - Impulse voltage 6kV - Degree of protection IP4X on the front panel - Frequency 50-60Hz Isolation with positive contact indication DC application: 48V (110V with 2 series connected poles) Mechanical endurance: I 20, 32 and 40A: 200,000 operating cycles I 63, 100A and 125A: 50,000 operating cycles Electrical endurance: AC, p.f. = 0.6: I = 20 and 32A:30,000 operating cycles I = 40 and 63A: 20,000 operating cycles I = 100A: 10,000 operating cycles I = 125A: 2,500 operating cycles Short circuit withstand: 20 x In: 1s Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at 55 C) Connection by tunnel terminals for: 10mm_ flexible/rigid cables for I 20-40A 50mm_ rigid cables or comb busbars, 35mm 2 supple cables for I 63, 100 and 125A Tightening torque: 20A = 1.4Nm 32-40A = 2Nm 63-125A = 3.5Nm Auxiliary O.C auxiliary switch Contact breaking capacity: 3A at 400Vac 6A at 230Vac Fixing by clipping onto symmetrical rail, on the left side of the switch Connection by tunnel terminals for 2 x 2.5mm cables Type Rating Voltage Width Part N o. (A) (Vac) in 18mm SP ways I switches 20 250 1 15005 1P 32 250 1 15009 1 40 250 1 15024 63 250 1 15013 100 250 1 15090 125 250 1 15057 15013 2 I switches 20 250 1 15063 1P + indicator 32 250 1 15100 1 x1 2 x2 32

I switch disconnectors 20-125A Type Rating Voltage Width Part N o. (A) (Vac) in 18mm SP ways I switches 20 415 1 15006 2P 32 415 1 15010 1 3 40 415 2 15020 63 415 2 15014 100 415 2 15091 125 415 2 15058 2 4 15014 I switches 20 415 2 15064 2P + indicator 32 415 2 15101 1 3 x1 2 4 x2 Type Rating Voltage Width Part N o. (A) (Vac) in 18mm SP ways I switches 20 415 2 15007 3P 32 415 2 15011 1 3 5 40 415 3 15023 63 415 3 15015 100 415 3 15092 125 415 3 15059 2 4 6 15015 Type Rating Voltage Width Part N o. (A) (Vac) in 18mm SP ways I switches 20 415 2 15008 4P 32 415 2 15012 1 3 5 7 40 415 4 15019 63 415 4 15016 100 415 4 15093 125 415 4 15060 2 4 6 8 Type Rating Voltage Width Part N o. (A) (Vac) in 18mm SP ways Accessories NO auxiliary 3 (6) 415 (230) 1 15096 Terminal shields 15094 15096 33

TR transformers 4-63VA 15212 Application Safety and bell transformers allow for a very low voltage to be obtained from a 230Vac supply. Technical details Primary voltage: 230Vac ± 10% Secondary voltage on load: 8-12 - 24Vac ± 15% for bell transformers 12-24Vac ± 5% for safety transformers Frequency: 50Hz - 60Hz Compliance with standards: EN 61558-1, IEC 61558-1 Connection tunnel terminals for cables up to 4mm 2 Type Power Secondary Width Part N o. (VA) voltage in 18mm (Vac) SP ways Bell transformer 4 8 2 15214 4 8-12 2 15213 8 8-12 2 15216 16 8-12 2 15212 25 12-24 3 15215 Safety transformer 16 12-24 5 15218 15 12-24 5 15219 20 12-24 5 150 63 12-24 5 152 15218 1 230V 11 1 230V 11 1 230V 11 1 230V 11 8V 4 8 4 6 8V 8 4 6 12V 8 4 10 12V 8 12V 15214 15212, 15213, 15216 24V 24V 15215 15218, 15219 1 230V 11 1 230V 11 8 8 13 12 6 8 10 12 24V 12V 15218, 15219 150, 152 34

RO buzzer and SO bell Audible signalling 15320 Application Audible indication of signals. Technical details Sound level (at distance of 60 cm): RO buzzer: 70dB SO bell: 80dB Frequency: 50-60Hz Consumption: 3.6VA:8-12A 5VA: 0-240V Connection: tunnel terminals for cables up to 4mm 2 Type Secondary Sound Width Part N o. voltage level in 18mm (V) (db) SP ways Bell 240 80 1 15320 12 80 1 15321 Buzzer 240 70 1 153 12 70 1 15323 153 SO bell RO buzzer 35

STI fuse carriers Withdrawable gl or gg fuse links 15636 Application STI fuse carriers provide overload and short circuit protection. Technical details Carrier Isolation of all poles is guaranteed for the 2P and 3P versions during factory assemble Positive contact indication To be equipped with gg (gl - gl) type fuse links, with or without fuse blowing indicator Fuse carrier: Captive Additional housing is provided for a spare fuse Optional indication: by indicator lights (see accessories) Connection: by tunnel terminals for rigid cables up to 10mm 2 and flexible cables up to 6mm 2 Complies with standard: IEC 947-3 Fuse link gg (gl - gl) types. Fuse link without striker pin Breaking capacity: as standard IEC 269-1/2 Vertitas and Lloyd s approved 15775 Dimensions Rating Operating Breaking (Ø x L) (A) voltage capacity (mm) (Vac) (ka) gg (gl - gl) 10 x 38 32 500 80 Type Voltage Width Part N o. (Vac) in 18mm ways 1P 500 1 15636 1P+N 500 1 15646 2P 500 2 15651 3P 500 3 15656 3P+N 500 3 15658 Type Rating Dimensions Part N o. (A) (mm) gg (gl) fuse links 2 10.3 x 38 15775 4 10.3 x 38 15776 6 10.3 x 38 15777 10 10.3 x 38 15779 Blown fuse indicator 15668 36

PRD surge arresters Draw out Application PRD removable surge arresters enable the rapid replacement of damaged cartridges without any cable disconnection. 16562 Technical details* Each surge arrester in the range has a specific use: Incomer and protection: PRD 40r/PRD 40 are recommended for a high risk level The PRD 15 is recommended for a low risk level Secondary protection: The PRD 8 ensures secondary protection of loads to be protected and is placed in a cascading configuration with surge arresters at the incomer end Common technical data Operation indication by means of a mechanical indicator: White: normal operation Disconnection of the short circuited surge arrester to be conducted with a circuit breaker Recommended breaker: Single phase + N: C60HC0 Three phase + N: 24879 Standards IEC 61643-11 class 2 test PRD 40r/PRD 40 Imax (8/20µs): 40kA In (8/20µs): 15kA The PRD 4 0r includes: Operating indicator on front panel PRD 15 Imax (8/20µs): 40kA In (8/20µs): 15kA PRD 8 Imax (8/20µs): 40kA In (8/20µs): 15kA Spare cartridges 40, 15, 8 ka and neutral cartridges The C40r and C neutral r cartridges have operating indicator L N PRD 1P+N L3 L2 L1 N Type Un Uc (V) Up Width Part N o. (V) MC MD (kv) in 18mm SP ways PRD65r 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16557 PRD65r 3P 440 440 2 3 16558 PRD65r 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16559 PRD40r 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16562 PRD40r 3P 440 440 1.8 3 16563 PRD40r 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16564 PRD40 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16567 PRD40 3P 440 440 275 1.8 3 16568 PRD40 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16569 PRD15 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16572 PRD15 3P 440 440 1.8 3 16573 PRD15 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16574 PRD8 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16577 PRD8 3P 440 440 1.8 3 16578 PRD8 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16579 PRD 3P+N Replacement cartridges C65r - 440 16581 C65r - 275 16581 C40r - 440 165 C40r - 275 165 C40-440 16585 C40-275 16585 C15-440 16587 C15-275 16587 C8-440 16589 C8-275 16589 C neutral r 16590 C neutral 16591 Isobar installation kit MGNPRD * Further details of surge arrester selection can be found on pages 147-149 at the rear of the document. Or in publication Ref: MGD 5082 37

PF surge arresters Fixed Application The PF all contained, multiple pole surge arrester range is especially adapted to TT and TN-s earthing systems. 15689 Technical details* Each surge arrester in the range has a specific use: Incomer and protection: PF30r/PF30 are recommended for a high risk level The PF 15 is recommended for a low risk level Secondary protection: The PF 8 ensures secondary protection of loads to be protected and is placed in a cascading configuration with surge arresters at the incomer end Common technical data Operation indication by means of a mechanical indicator: Not illuminated: OK Flashing: surge arrester must be immediately replaced Disconnection upon thermal overload built into the surge arrester Disconnection of the short circuited surge arrester to be conducted with a circuit breaker: Single phase + N: C60HC0 Three phase + N: 24879 PF 30r and PF 30 Common mode protection Imax (8/20µs): 30kA In (8/20µs): 10kA Up: 1.8kV Test button for front panel indicator. The PF30r has a built-in remote indication contact: Normally closed PF 15 Common mode protection Imax (8/20µs): 15kA In (8/20µs): 5kA Up: 1.8kV Differential mode protection Imax (8/20µs): 8kA In (8/20µs): 2kA Up: 1kV PF 8 Common mode protection Imax (8/20µs): 8kA In (8/20µs): 2kA Up: 1.5kV Differential mode protection Imax (8/20µs): 8kA In (8/20µs): 2kA Up: 1kV Type Un Uc (V) Up Width Part N o. (V) MC MD (kv) in 18mm SP ways PRD65r 1P+N 230 440 2 7 15684 PRD65r 3P+N 440 440 2 7 15685 PRD30r 1P+N 230 440 1.8 3 15689 PRD30r 3P+N 440 440 1.8 4 15690 PRD30 1P+N 230 440 1.8 3 15687 PRD30 3P+N 440 440 1.8 4 15688 PRD15 1P+N 230 440 250 1.8 2 15692 PRD15 3P+N 440 440 250 1.8 4 15693 PRD8 1P+N 230 440 250 1.5 2 15695 PRD8 3P+N 440 440 250 1.5 4 15696 L1 N L3 L2 L1 N N L1 N L1 L2 L3 PF 1P+N PF 3P+N * Further details of surge arrester selection can be found on pages 147-149 at the rear of the document. Or in publication Ref: MGD 5082 38

CM selector switches Local control 18074 Application CM selector switches allow the manual switching of circuits. Technical details Voltage rating: 250Vac Current rating: 20A Electrical durability: 30,000 cycles AC Complies with standard: IEC 60669-1 and IEC 60947-5-1 Operating temperature: -20 C to +50 C Storage temperature: -40 C to +80 C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at 55 C) Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or without cable end: Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm 2, +/- recess screw, Pozidrive n 1 Staggered terminals simplifying cable connection 2 position selector switches 0 I 4 2 0 I 4 2 8 6 0 I 2 4 1 1 5 1 3 1 changeover switch 2 changeover switches 1NO + NC 3 position selector switches I 0 II 2 4 I 0 II 2 4 6 8 1 1 5 1 changeover switch 2 changeover switches Type Circuit Width Part N o. in 18mm ways 2 position 1 changeover 1 18070 2 changeover 2 18071 1NO+1NC 1 18072 3 position 1 changeover 1 18073 2 changeover 2 18074 39

BP pushbuttons Local control 18035 Application The BP pushbuttons are used to give manual impulse signals. Technical details Voltage rating: 250Vac Current rating: 20A Electrical durability: 30 000 switching operations AC (cosø = 0.8) Complies with standard: IEC 60669-1 and IEC 60947-5-1 Indicator light with LED technology: Consumption: 0.3 W Service life: 100,000 hours with constant luminous efficiency Indicator light requires no maintenance (non-interchangeable LEDs) Operating temperature: -20 C to +50 C Storage temperature: -40 C to +80 C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55 C) Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or without cable end: Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm 2 +/- recess screw, Pozidrive n 1 Staggered terminals simplifying cable connection BP 3 1 1 3 1 3 1 3 4 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 NC 1 NO 1 NO+1 NC 1 NO/1 NC 1 NO/1 NC BP with indicator light 1 x1 3 x1 2 x2 4 x2 1 NO 1 NC Type Indicator Pushbutton Indicator Circuit Width Part N o. colour colour voltage in 18mm ways Single Grey 1NC 1 18030 Red 1NC 1 18031 Grey 1NO 1 18032 Double Grey 1NO+1NC 1 18033 Grey/Red 1NO+1NC 1 18034 Grey/Grey 1NO+1NC 1 18035 Pushbutton with Green Grey 110-230Vac 1NO 1 18036 indicator Red Grey 110-230Vac 1NC 1 18037 Green Grey 12-48Vac/dc 1NO 1 18038 Red Grey 12-48Vac/dc 1NC 1 18039 40

V indicator lights Local control 126 Application The V indicator lights provide visual indication and signalling. Technical details Complies with standard IEC 60947-5-1 (except part number 127 complies with standard IEC 73 and IEC 1000-4) Operating frequency: 50-60Hz Indicator light with LED technology Consumption: 0.3 W (0.5 W for Part N o. 127) Service life: 100,000 hours with constant luminous efficiency Indicator light requires no maintenance (non-interchangeable LEDs) Flashing frequency: 2Hz (126) Degree of protection: IP4X for the part outside the enclosure IP2X at the terminals Divisible partition to accommodate a comb busbar Operating temperature: -20 C to +50 C Storage temperature: -40 C to +100 C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at 55 C) Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or without cable end: Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm 2, +/- recess screw, Pozidrive n 1 Staggered terminals simplifying cable connection x1- x1 x3 = = = x1 x1 x2 x3 230Vac x2+ x2 x4 x2 XC (N)* Single indicator light Double indicator light Flashing Three phase indicator light Type Colour Voltage Width Part N o. in 18mm ways Single indicator Red 110-230Vac 1 120 light Green 110-230Vac 1 121 White 110-230Vac 1 1 Blue 110-230Vac 1 123 Yellow 110-230Vac 1 124 Red 12-48Vac/dc 1 130 Green 12-48Vac/dc 1 131 White 12-48Vac/dc 1 132 Blue 12-48Vac/dc 1 133 Yellow 12-48Vac/dc 1 134 Double indicator Green/Red 110-230Vac 1 135 light Flashing indicator Red 110-230Vac 1 126 light Three phase indicator Red/Red/Red 230-400Vac 1 127 light 41

XB device holder Local control 15151 Application The device holders can be mounted on 35mm rail to facilitate mounting of pushbuttons, indicators or other devices*. Technical details Button holder For buttons, switches and indicators with metal or plastic flange Ø of the Telemecanique XB4 / XB5 type* Depth under rail 60mm (same as products in the multi 9 range) Drilling diameter: Ø.3 Self-extinguishing insulating material Colour: light grey RAL 7035 Universal holder For buttons, indicators, light emitting diodes (LED), potentiometers Easy drilling, to be adapted depending on use Depth under rail 60 mm (same as products in the multi 9 range) Self extinguishing insulating material Colour: light grey RAL 7035 15152 Type Width Part N o. in 18mm ways mm button holder 3 15151 Universal holder 3 15152 * Further details of Telemecanique pushbuttons can be found in publication Ref: ICC 1854 42

PowerLogic: Power meter series PM700 Applications Panel instrumentation Submetering and cost allocation Remote monitoring of an electrical installation Harmonic monitoring (THD) Contract optimisation and load profiling Characteristics Large, easy-to-read display Multiple values displayed at the same time on an anti-glare display featuring a green back-light Easy to operate Intuitive navigation with context-sensitive menus for easy use Only 50mm deep Measures 96 x 96 x 50 mm including connectors and Modbus communications Energy class 1 as defined by IEC 61036 Sufficient accuracy for submetering and cost allocation Power, current demand, THD, min/max Expanded metering data for the cost of analog metering Description Part number PM700/700P/710 Power Meter with THD, min/max PM700MG Power Meter with THD, min/max, 2 pulse outputs PM700PMG Power Meter with THD, min/max, RS 485 communications PM710MG Selection guide PM700 PM710 PM700P General Use on LV and HV systems Current and voltage accuracy 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% Energy and power accuracy 1.0% 1.0% 1.0% Instantaneous rms values Current, voltage, frequency Active, reactive, Total and per phase apparent power Power factor Total Energy values Active, reactive, apparent energy Demand values Current Present and max. Active, reactive, Present and max. apparent power Setting of calculation mode Block, sliding block, rolling block Data recording Min/max of instantaneous values 1 Mounting slots 2 RS485 communications (450C) or 2 pulse outputs (450P) 3 Heartbeat LED 4 Control power 5 Voltage inputs 6 Current inputs Display and I/O Backlit LCD Display Pulse output - - 2 Communication RS 485 port - 2 wire - Modbus protocol - - 43

PowerLogic: Power meter series PM700 PM700 series back view Electrical characteristics Type of measurement True rms up to the 15th harmonic On three-phase AC system (3P 3P + N) 32 samples per cycle Measurement Current and voltage 0.5 % accuracy Power 1 % Frequency ± 0.01 Hz from 45 to 65 Hz Real Energy IEC 61036 Class 1 Reactive Energy IEC 61036 Class 2 Data update rate 1 s Input-voltage Measured voltage 10 to 480 V AC (direct L-L) characteristics 10 to 277 V AC (direct L-N) 0 to 3.2 MV AC (with external VT) Metering over-range 1.2 Un Impedance 2 MΩ (L-L) / 1 MΩ (L-N) Frequency range 45 to 65 Hz Input-current CT ratings Primary Adjustable from 5A to 65534 A characteristics Secondary 5 A starting at 10 ma Measurement input range 0 to 6 A Permissible overload 15 A continuous 50 A for 10 seconds per hour 120 A for 1 second per hour Impedance < 0.1 Ω Load < 0.15 VA Control Power AC 110 to 415 ±10 % V AC, 5 VA DC 125 to 250 ±20 % V DC, 3 W Ride-through time 100 ms at 120 V AC Output Pulse output PM700P Static output (240 ±10 % V AC or 300 ± 10% V DC, 100 ma max. @ 25 C, derate 0.56 ma per C above 25 C) 2.41 kv rms isolation Mechanical characteristics Weight IP degree of protection (IEC 60529) Dimensions Environmental conditions Operating Meter -0 C to +60 C temperature Display -10 C to +50 C Storage temp. Meter + display -40 C to +85 C 0.37 kg IP52 front display, IP30 meter body 96 x 96 x 88 mm (meter with display) 96 x 96 x 50 mm (behind mounting surface) Humidity rating 5 to 95 % RH at 50 C (non-condensing) Pollution degree 2 Metering category III, for distribution systems up to 277 V L-N / 480 V AC L-L Dielectric withstand As per EN61010, UL508 Electromagnetic compatibility Electrostatic discharge Level III (IEC 61000-4-2) Immunity to radiated fields Level III (IEC 61000-4-3) Immunity to fast transients Level III (IEC 61000-4-4) Immunity to impulse waves Level III (IEC 61000-4-5) Conducted immunity Level III (IEC 61000-4-6) Immunity to magnetic fields Level III (IEC 61000-4-8) Immunity to voltage dips Level III (IEC 61000-4-11) Conducted and radiated emissions CE commercial environment/fcc part 15 class B EN55011 Harmonics emissions IEC 61000-3-2 Flicker emissions IEC 61000-3-3 Safety Europe CE, as per IEC 61010-1 U.S. and Canada Communication RS 485 port 2-wire, up to 19200 bauds, Modbus RTU Firmware characteristics Min./max. Firmware update Display characteristics Dimensions 73 x 69mm UL508 Worst min. and max. with phase indication for voltages, currents, voltage unbalance, and THD. Min. and max. values for power factor (True and Displacement), power (P, Q, S) and frequency Update via the communication ports Back-lit green LCD (6 lines total, 4 concurrent values) 44

CT contactors 16-100A Application CT Contactors can be used for remote switching of heating, lighting, or power circuits. Full guidance on selection can be found on pages 160-161. Technical details Power circuit: CT ratings: 16-100A (AC7a category) Manually operated CT ratings: 16-63A (AC7a category) Characterisation based on load types: see pages 160-161 in the technical section Voltage rating: 250Vac (1P and 2P): 400Vac (3P and 4P) Frequency: 50Hz or 60Hz Control circuit: Voltage: 24Vac (± 10%), 230-240Vac (-15% - +6%) Coil frequency: 50Hz or 60Hz Operating temperature: -5 C to +60 C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55 C) Complying with standards: EN 61095, IEC 1095, NF, IMQ, NEMKO, SEMKO, VDE Connection via tunnel terminals: Type of Control Power cable circuit circuit 16 and 25A 40-63A 100A Flexible 2x2.5mm 2 2x2.5mm 2 2x10mm 2 2x35mm 2 Rigid 2x1.5mm 2 6mm 2 25mm 2 50mm 2 A1 A1 Marking: contactors can be equipped with clip-on markers, see page 39 for details Manually operated contactors have a 3 position selector switch on the front face: Automatic mode Temporary or permanent override operation Off A2 I P Auto O A2 CT contactor Manually operated CT contactor Type of contacts NO NC Mixed NO + NC 1 R1 Contact number 4 3 2 1 1NO 2NO 3NO 2 1 3 2 4 1 3 5 2 4 6 1 3 5 7 1NC 2NC 3NC R2 R1 R3 R2 R4 R1 R3 R5 R2 R4 R6 R1 R3 R5 R7 1NO+ 1NC 2NO+ 1NC 1 R1 2 R2 1 3 R1 2 4 R2 1 3 R1 R2 4NO 2 4 6 8 4NC R2 R4 R6 R8 2NO+ 2NC 2 4 R2 R4 45

CT contactors 16-100A 15959 15967 Type Rating Contacts Control Width in Part N o. (A) voltage (Vac) 18mm ways 1P 16 1NC 24 1 16111 16 1NO 230-240 1 16113 25 1NO 230-240 1 15958 2P 16 2NC 24 1 16115 16 1NO+1NC 230-240 1 15856 16 1NO+1NC 24 1 16126 16 2NO 230-240 1 15957 25 2NO 230-240 1 15959 25 2NO 24 1 16020 25 2NC 230-240 1 15960 40 2NO 230-240 2 15966 63 2NO 230-240 2 15971 63 2NO 24 2 16024 100 2NO 230-240 3 15977 3P 16 3NC 24 2 16118 16 3NO 230-240 2 16120 25 3NO 230-240 2 15961 40 3NO 230-240 3 15967 63 2NO+1NC 230-240 3 15319 63 3NO 230-240 3 15972 4P 16 4NC 24 2 161 16 4NO 230-240 2 16124 16 2NO+2NC 24 2 16129 16 2NO+2NC 230-240 2 16130 25 4NO 230-240 2 15962 25 4NO 24 2 160 25 4NC 230-240 2 15963 25 4NC 24 2 16023 25 2NO+2NC 230-240 2 15964 40 4NO 230-240 3 15968 40 4NC 230-240 3 15969 63 4NO 230-240 3 15973 63 4NO 24 3 16025 63 4NC 230-240 3 15974 63 4NC 24 3 16026 63 2NO+2NC 230-240 3 15975 100 4NO 230-240 6 15978 Manually Operated 2P 16 2NO 230-240 1 16116 16 1N0+1NC 230-240 1 16127 25 2NO 230-240 1 15981 40 2NO 230-240 2 15984 63 2NO 230-240 2 15987 3P 25 3NO 230-240 2 15982 4P 25 4NO 230-240 2 159 40 4NO 230-240 3 15986 63 4NO 230-240 3 15988 15981 Accessories Terminal shield 2P 16/40/63 2 159 Terminal shield 3/4P 16/25 2 15921 Terminal shield 3/4P 40/63 3 15923 Spacer for use every 2 contactors 0.5 27062 27062 46

ACT contactor auxiliaries Remote control Application The ACT range of auxiliaries connect to CT contactors to provide indication (ACTo+f), disturbance suppression (ACTp), impulsed or latched control and time delays (ACTt). Technical details ACTo+ƒ Contact: 1NO + 1NC: 10 ma min. at 24Vac/dc - cos Ø = 1 10 ma min. at 24Vac/dc - cos Ø = 1 ACTt ACTc Min. impulse duration: 250ms Mains failure: < 1s: keeps its initial status > 5s: reset Restarted via manual operation on X or T ACTt 4 types of time delay. See page 162 for details ACTo+f ACTp ACTc ACTt Combined with CT Right hand side Left hand side Via clips (1) Power Supply Voltage 230V 24V 230V 24-48V 24-240V Frequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 0-50/60Hz 50Hz ACTp Consumption Off load 3VA 3VA 3VA 3VA 5VA Inrush (2) 2A 2A 3A Holding (2) 0.5A 0.5A 0.2A Connection Tunnel terminals Flexible cable (mm 2 ) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 Rigid cable (mm 2 ) 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 (1): Electrical and mechanical link (2): Maximum consumption of all controlled contactors L L L L S 1 1 1 23 S B P L 1 S A1 1 ACTp CT A 1 CT ACTo+f T ACTc CT ACTt CT A 2 X 2 2 2 24 N 2 A 2 2 N N N N ACTp ACTo+f ACTc ACTt Type Control Width Part N o. voltage in 18mm ways ACTo+f 0.5 15914 ACTc 230-240Vac 1 108 ACTc 24-48Vac/dc 1 109 ACTp 230-240Vac 1 15920 ACTp 24Vac 1 15919 ACTt 24-240Vac 1 15917 47

RLI, RBN interface relays Remote control Application The RLI, RBN and RTBT interface with automated systems to enable switching of power circuits from low voltage supplies. The ERL is an extension for the RLI relay. Common technical data Frequency: 50-60Hz Electrical durability: 100,000 switching operations Connection: tunnel terminals for 0.5-6mm 2 cables 15393 Specific technical data RLI and ERL Direct control on the front face: Power by pushbutton Coil: by selector switch (disconnection) Position indicator: built into the pushbutton Identification: clip-on markers on the front face, ERL It is mounted without tools or additional wiring by means of a yellow clip This clip is used for mechanical assemble and electrical connection between coils RBN and RTBT Green pilot light on the control circuit Enhance isolation between ELV/LV circuits: 4kV 1 5 1 5 A1 11 A1 11 A1 A2 2 4 6 2 4 6 A2 12 14 A2 12 14 RLI ERL RBN RTBT Type Coil Consumption Output 10A Width in Part N o. voltage inrush @ 230V 18mm (Vac) (holding) VA (cos Ø = 1) ways RLI 230-240 4 (4) 10 1 15535 48 4 (4) 10 1 15536 24 4 (4) 10 1 15537 12 4 (4) 10 1 15538 ERL 230-240 4 (4) 10 1 15539 48 4 (4) 10 1 15540 24 4 (4) 10 1 15541 12 4 (4) 10 1 15542 RBN 230-240 5 (2.5) 2 1 15393 RTBT 12-24 0. 2 1 15416 (ac or dc) (0.11) 48

RC control relays Energy management 21180 Application The RCP relay monitors phase order and asymmetry on all phases of a 3 phase circuit and reports loss or reversal. The RCI relay monitors the current flowing in a circuit and reports when a preset threshold is reached. Technical details Operating frequency: 50-60Hz Operating temperature: -5 to +55 C Consumption: 3VA Indication: Green LED for power ON Red LED for fault Output by 8 A changeover switch under 250Vac (cos Ø = 1) Connection: tunnel terminals for rigid cables from 1.5-6mm 2 RCP Operating voltage: 400Vac ± 15% Phase asymmetry threshold setting: 5-25% Hysteresis: fixed, 5% of asymmetry threshold Phase rotation direction monitoring 3 phase presence monitoring Time delay on tripping: 0.3s 21181 RCI Measurement: Range: 0.15-10A Automatic recognition of ac and dc current 1 measurement ranges selected by wiring - 0.15-1.5A - 1-10A Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring Threshold adjustable from 5-50% Failsafe contact Time delay on threshold reached: 0.1-10s Power supply: 230Vac Optional fault memorisation with rest Compatible with TI current transformers with an X/5 ratio. See page 69 L1 L2 L3 F=60Hz L Circuit to control 0.15A Ir 1.5A 1A Ir 10A 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 N RCP RCI Type Width Part N o. in 18mm ways RCP 2 21180 RCI 2 21181 49

RT time relay Time management 16066 Application The RT range of time relays provide various delays for enhanced control. RTA offers delay on energisation of the load. RTB causes an off delay after energisation via the closing of an auxiliary contact. RTC causes an off delay after energisation via the closing and opening of an auxiliary contact. RTH causes a time delay before energisation of a load. RTL enables cyclic control with on and off timing. RTMF is a multifunction time relay with the functionality of RTA, RTB, RTC or RTH. Technical data Time delay range: 0.1s - 100h Control circuit: Control and supply voltage: - 24Vdc ± 10% - 24-240Vac ± 10% - RTMF: 12-240Vac/dc ± 10% Frequency: 50-60Hz Operating temperature: -5 to +55 C Power circuit: Changeover switch (without cadmium) - minimum rating: 10 ma/5vdc - maximum rating: 8 A/250Vdc and 8 A/250Vac Mechanical durability: > 5x10 6 operations Electrical durability: > 10 5 operations (utilisation category AC1) Accuracy: ± 10% full scale Minimum control impulse duration: 100mS Maximum resetting time by voltage break: 100mS Repetition accuracy: ± 0.5% with constant parameters Visualisation of contact status by green indicator light (flashing during the time delay) Unaffected by brownouts < 20mS Case protection: IP40 Connection by tunnel terminals: 2 x 2.5mm 2 single strand cable without end 2 x 1.5mm 2 multi-strand cable with end Specific technical data RTA The single time delay cycle starts on energisation of the supply of the RTA relay The load is energised at the end of the time delay T RTB The single time delay cycle starts on closing of an auxiliary contact (pushbutton) At the end of time delay T, the load is de-energised RTC The single time delay cycle only starts when an auxiliary contact is released (pushbutton) At the end of the time delay T, the load is de-energised RTH The single time delay cycle starts on energisation of the supply of the RTH relay The load is de-energised at the end of time delay T RTL The time delay cycle starts on energisation The load is energised for an adjustable time T, then de-energised for an adjustable time R. This cycle is repeated until the RTL relay supply is de-energised RTMF As applicable, the RTMF generated the time delay cycles of the RTA, RTB, RTC or RTH relays 50

RT time relay Time management RTA RTB 16065 RTC RTH 16069 RTL RTMF Type Width Part N o. in 18mm ways RTA 1 16065 RTB 1 16066 RTC 1 16067 RTH 1 16068 RTL 1 16069 RTMF 1 16070 51

TL impulse relays and auxiliaries Remote control 15516 Application TL and TLI impulse relays allow remote control from impulse commands (mechanically latched) or from several control points. They can be used for control of resistive circuits (incandescent lamps, lv halogen lamps, convectors) and inductive circuits (fluorescent tubes, discharge lamps). TLc, TLm and TLs have built in auxiliaries that allow centralised control, latched order control and/or remote indication. Technical data Environment: Operating temperature: -20 to +50 C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at +55 C) Identification by clip-on markers on the front face Switching noise level < 60dBA (at 1M) Compliance with standard: EN 669-1, EN 669-2-2 Approved by NF USE, CEBEC, SEMKO, DEMKO, SETI Specific to TL 16A, TLI, TLc, TLm and TLs Power circuit: Electrical endurance: - 200 000 cycles AC21-100 000 cycles AC Control circuit Control voltage (Uc): - tolerance at 50Hz: Uc + 6% - 15% - tolerance at 60Hz: Uc ± 6% - tolerance in dc: + 6% - 10% Inrush power: - 1P and 2P: 19VA - 3P and 4P (TL + ETL): 38VA Impulse duration: 50mS (recommended value for automatic control: 200mS Maximum switching frequency: 5 operations/minute Connection: (+/- screw, Pozidrive) tunnel terminals for cable 0.5-6mm 2 Specific to TL 32A Power circuit: Electrical endurance: - 50 0000 cycles AC21-20 0000 cycles AC Control circuit: Control voltage (Uc): - tolerance at 50Hz: Uc + 6% -15% - tolerance at 60Hz : Uc ± 6% - tolerance in dc: Uc + 6% - 10% Inrush power: - 1P: 19VA, 2P: 38VA - 3P: 57VA 4P: 76VA Impulse duration: 50mS (recommended value for automatic control: 200mS) Maximum switching frequency: 5 operations/minute Connection (+/- screw, Pozidrive): Power circuit: - tunnel terminals for cables up to 10mm 2 Control circuit: - tunnel terminals for cables 0.5-6mm 2 TLc impulse relay Centralised control of a set of impulse relays. Keeps local impulse control. Electrical control: Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for automatic control: 200ms max) Centralised control: (recommended value for automatic control: 500ms max) Possible combinations: ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530), ATLt, ATLz, ATLc+c ATLc+s (only uses its indication function) TLm impulse relay Operates by latched order from a changeover switch (selector, time switch, thermostat) of one or more TLm. The manual control is not operational. Electrical control: Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for automatic control: 200ms max) Possible combinations: ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530) ATLc+s (only uses its indication function) TLs impulse relay Remote indication of its electrical state Auxiliary switch: 6A, 24-250Vac, cos Ø = 1 Electrical control: Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for automatic control: 200ms max) Possible combinations: ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530), ATLt, ATLz, ATLc+s Indication: clip-on markers on the front face 52

TL impulse relays Remote control 1 1 3 1 3 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 2 2 4 2 4 TL 1P TL 2P TL1 1P 15500+15530 5 9 5 6 8 10 6 ETL 16A ETL 32A 1 1 11 1 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 On Off 2 On Off 2 12 14 2 15510+15530 15518 TLc 1P TLm 1P TLs 1P Type Rating Control Width in Part N o. voltage 18mm (Vac) (Vdc) ways TL 1P 16A 230-240 110 1 15510 16A 130 48 1 15511 16A 48 24 1 15512 16A 24 12 1 15513 16A 12 6 1 15514 32A 230-240 110 1 15515 TL 2P 16A 230-240 110 1 15520 16A 130 48 1 15521 16A 48 24 1 155 16A 24 12 1 15523 16A 12 6 1 15524 ETL+1P 16A 230-240 110 1 15530 16A 130 48 1 15531 16A 48 24 1 15532 16A 24 12 1 15533 16A 12 6 1 15534 32A 230-240 110 1 15505 TLI 16A 230-240 110 1 15500 16A 48 24 1 15502 16A 24 12 1 15503 TLc 16A 230-240 110 1 15518 16A 48 24 1 15526 16A 24 12 1 15525 TLm 16A 230-240 110 1 15516 TLs 16A 230-240 110 1 15517 16A 48 24 1 15528 16A 24 12 1 15527 53

ATL impulse relays auxiliaries Remote control Application The ATL auxiliaries connect onto TL impulse relays to provide time delayed control, centralised control with indication and multi level centralised control. Technical data ATLt time delay auxiliary Automatically returns the impulse relay to its initial state after a time delay that may be set from 1 second to 10 hours. The time delay cycle starts when the device closes. A new impulse order opens the impulse relay and interrupts the cycle Added to the left of TL, TLI, TLs, TLc ATLc+s centralised control + indication auxiliary Allows centralised control thanks to a pilot line, of a set of impulse relays controlling separate networks, while keeping the possibility of local individual control of each impulse relay. Also enables remote indication of the mechanical state of each relay. Added to the right of TL, TLI, ETL, TLs, TLc and TLm Auxiliary switch: 6A: 240V cos Ø = 1 ATLc+c centralised control + indication auxiliary Allows centralised control of several sets of impulse relays while conserving the possibility of local individual control and multilevel centralised control. Each set, made up of TLc or (TL or TLI or TLs) + ATLc+s, must contain a single ATLc +c Mounting: without mechanical connection to the impulse relays and auxiliaries 14 11 11 On Off 12 14 Off On On Off ALTt ALTc+s ALTc+c Type Rating Control Width in Part N o. voltage 18mm (Vac) (Vdc) ways ATLt 16A 24-240 24-110 1 15411 ATLc+s 16A 130-240 1 15409 ATLc+c 16A 130-240 1 15410 54

IH mechanical time switches 60 minute - 7 days Application Controlling and switching of one or more separate circuits according to the position of programming jumpers by the user. Technical details Electrical data Voltage: 230Vac ± 10% Frequency: 50-60Hz (50Hz for Part N o. 15338) Consumption: 2.5VA (1VA for Part N o. 15338) Time accuracy: ± 2 second per day at 20 C Contact rating: Under 250Vac Under 250Vac (cos Ø = 1) (cos Ø = 0.6) 16A 4A 15335 Degree of protection: Front face: IP40 Terminals: IP20 Operating temperature: -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature: -40 C to +85 C 24h 7 days 15335 15336 15338 16364 15365 15367 15337 15366 15365 Type N o. of N o. of Power Interval Width in Part N o. switching channels reserve between 18mm operations 2 jumpers ways IH 1c 24hr 18mm 48on - 48off 1 None 15min 1 15335 IH 1c 24hr 18mm 48on - 48off 1 100h 15min 1 15336 IH 1c 60min 24on - 24off 1 None 15min 15s 3 15338 IH 1c 24hr 24on - 24off 1 None 15min 3 16364 IH 1c 24hr 24on - 24off 1 150hr 30min 3 15365 IH 1c 24hr 24on - 24off 2 150hr 30min 3 15337 IH 1c 7day 21on - 21off 1 150hr 4hr 3 15367 IH 1c 24hr + 7day 16on - 16off 1 + 1 150hr 45min 3 15366 + 7on - 7off + 12hr Spare riders 15341 55

IHP digital time switches 24 hours - 7 days Application Controlling and switching of one or more separate circuits for the purpose of heating, ventilation, lighting or any other application requiring time control. Technical data Electrical data Voltage: 230Vac +/- 10% Frequency: 50-60Hz Consumption: 3-8.5VA Saving of program and time by lithium battery Time accuracy: ± 1 second per day at 20 C Contact rating: Under 250Vac Under 250Vac (cos Ø = 1) (cos Ø = 0.6) 16A 4A Mechanical data Degree of protection: Front face: IP40 Terminals: IP20 Operating temperature: - 10 C to +50 C Storage temperature: -25 C to +70 C 15854 L N 1 3 5 C2 16 (10)A 250V ~ 12 15 18 21 24 Prog n 04 02 On 10:54 menu ok Res L1 9 6 3 0 Auto 03 10 99 Off 10.30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 16 (10)A 250V ~ C1 12 15 18 21 24 9 Auto 6 03 10 99 Off 3 0 10.30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 16 (10)A 250V ~ C1 L1 157 Load N 230V N1 2 4 6 Load N 230V N1 2 4 6 Load 15351 15720 157 15721 15723 Type N o. of N o. of Width in Part N o. switching channels 18mm operations ways IHP 18mm 1c 28 1 1 15854 IHP 1c 28 1 2.5 15720 IHP+ 1c 42 1 2.5 15721 IHP 2c 42 2 2.5 157 IHP+ 2c 42 2 2.5 15723 56

ITM multifunction time switch 60 minute - 7 days plus specified days Application Weekly or annual programming distributed over 4 output channels from a maximum of 6 conditional inputs. Create a flexible time managed operation or control a number of applications from one device. Technical data Electrical data Voltage: 230Vac ± 10% Frequency: 50Hz Consumption: 45VA Saving program and time by lithium battery: Lifetime: 10 years Back-up time: 5 years Time accuracy: ± 1 second per day at 20 C Contact rating: 10A under 250Vac (cos Ø = 1) 6A under 250Aac (cos Ø = 0.6) 15270 Mechanical data Overall dimensions: 10 modules of 9mm Weight: 290g Degree of Protection: Front face: IP40 Terminals: IP20 Operating temperature: -5 C to + 50 C Storage temperature: -25 C to +70 C Accessory: Removable memory cartridge L N (switch, pushbutton, light sensitve switch, thermostat, motion control switch, etc..) L N 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 x 230Vac inputs 230V~ 50Hz 1...6 = EntrÈes / Inputs 230V~ menu OK - + C1...C4 Canaux / Channels 10A / 230V~ Removable memory cartridge 15280 optional 4 x 230Vac 10A output channels C1 C2 C3 C4 C1-C2 C3-C4 On Off Load (lamp, small motor, bell, luminous sign etc) L N L N L N L N! Preferably relay your load with a contactor. Type N o. of N o. of Width in Part N o. switching channels 18mm operations ways ITM 4c 6i 40 45 weekly 15 annual 12 pulse 4 5 15270 Accessories Memory cartridge 15280 57

MIN timers and PRE switch off warning Lighting management with time Application MIN, MINe and MINs opens a contact after a predetermined time. PRE Is used with MIN on incandescent lighting circuits to reduce provide advance warning of switch off by reducing the brightness. Technical data* Consumption: < 5VA Ingress Protection: IP40 Connection: Tunnel terminals for cables up to 6mm 15363 MIN only Two operating modes triggered by switch on front face: Automatic mode: - operation in timing mode - time delay adjustable from 1-7 minutes - setting in steps of 15 and using thumb knob - pressing a pushbutton renews the time delay Manual override mode Maximum power required: - incandescent or low voltage 230V halogen lighting: 2000W PRE only Only to be used with the following timers: 15363 50% reduction in brightness during warning time Time adjustable from 20-60 seconds Maximum power: 2000W for incandescent lighting only Not compatible with fluorescent tubes, fluocompact lamps and very low voltage halogen lamps 15233 Type Voltage Output Width in Part N o. (A @ cos Ø = 1) 18mm ways MIN 230 16 1 15363 PRE 230 1 15233 Accessory Terminal Shield 15359 * Timing diagrams can be found on page 152 in the technical Section. 58

2 35 2 35 35 2000 235 35 2000 IC light sensitive switches 2-2000 lux 15284 Application The IC switches open or close a contact when the photo cell detects that a lighting level has been reached. The IC/P switch has the additional function of time dependency. Technical data Photo-cell: panel front face type (IP54) supplied Time delay before switch ON and switch OFF 40S Luminosity monitoring: light goes on when threshold is reached Connection: tunnel terminals for cables up to 6mm 2 Contact ratings: 10A: cos Ø = 1 6A: cos Ø = 0.6 Consumption: 3VA Operating temperature: -10 to +50 C Specific technical data IC200 Brightness threshold: adjustable from 2-200 lux M 0-240V IC200 L 3 5 N 2 4 6 Utilisation L 3 5 15286 IC2000/IC2000P Brightness threshold: 2 adjustable thresholds: 2-35 lux or 35-2000 lux IC2000P Autonomy: 6 years Continuous liquid crystal display of: Time (hours and minutes) Day of the week, week Switching status Minimum programming interval: 1 minute Memory: 42 settings Program: 24 hours and 7 days Summer-winter time changes: a single operation without modifying the program Easy program control: Forced on or off overrides Advanced switching Setting deletion to modify or remove a sequence Holiday override: 1-45 days Operating temperature: -10 to +50 C M N 2 4 6 0-240V Utilisation IC2000 IC2000P L 3 5 d h m prog N 2 4 6 0-240V Utilisation 15281 Type Voltage Width in Part N o. (Vac) 18mm ways IC200 0-240 2.5 15284* IC2000 0-240 3.5 15368* IC2000P 0-240 5 15286* Accessories Photocell (IP65) for IC2000 Flush mount 15281 Photocell (IP54) for IC2000/P Wall mount 15268 *supplied with a 15268 photocell 15268 59

C movement detection 4-30 meters 57655 Application Automatic control of lighting or heating systems by the detection of movement or presence in a monitored area. Technical data* Power supply: 230Vac ± 10%, 50Hz Specific technical data CE30 Output contacts: 10A cos Ø = 1 5A cos Ø = 0.5 Incandescent lights: relays compulsory Degree of protection: IP43 Connection: 1.5mm 2 spring tunnel type terminals Consumption: < 1W Operating temperature: - 25 to +55 C CDM Lighting power: Incandescent lights: 1000W max Halogen lamps: 500W max Fluorescent and fluocompact lights: relays compulsory Degree of protection: IP54 Connection: screw terminals up to 2.5mm 2 Consumption: 1.1VA Operating temperature: -25 to +50 C CDP/CPDt Degree of protection: IP20 Operating temperature: -15 C to +55 C Storage temperature: -25 C to +70 C Weight: 144g Dimensions: Diameter: 120mm Height: 70mm Fixing centre distance: 81mm CDP Lighting power: Incandescent lights: 2000W max LV halogen lights (230V) and ELV (12V): 1000W max Fluorescent lights with conventional ballast: 1000W max (cos Ø = 0.5) Fluorescent lights with parallel corrected ballast: 500W max (cos Ø = 0.5) CDPt Lighting power (max number of 1-10V ballasts): 16 x (1 x 36W) 12 x (1 x 58W) 12 x (2 x 36W) 8 x (2 x 58W) 16990 Type Detection Range Brightness Time Movement Presence Part N o. angle (m) threshold delay (Lux) CE30 20 30 5-300 40 sec x 57655-8 min CDM 0-180 0-12 3-80 4 sec x 16990-15 min CDP 180-360 4-24 20-1300 4-15 min x x 16992 CDPt 180-360 4-24 100-1300 4-15 min x x 16994 Accessories Additional Remote control for CDPt 16995 16992 16994 * Refer to Section seven page 155 for further information. 60

AMP/VLT analogue ammeters and voltmeters Metering and measurement AMP: 16029 Application The meters facilitate the real-time monitoring of current and voltage. Technical details Ferromagnetic device Connection: Tunnel terminals for 1.5-6mm 2 rigid cable Pseudo-linear scale over 90 Overall dimensions: h = 79 : w = 72 : d = 66mm Weight (g): 170 Complied with standards: IEC 51 - IEC 414 Degree of protection: Terminal block IP40 Terminals IP20 Installation temperature: -25 C to +55 C Storage temperature: -40 C to +80 C Reference temperature: 23 C Effect of temperature on accuracy ± 0.03%/ C Overload AMP ONLY Maximum for 5 seconds: 10 In Permanence: 1.2 In Consumption: 1.1VA Accuracy class: 1.5 Type Scale Connection Width in Part N o. (A or V) with CT 18mm ways Amp with direct connection 0-30 Direct 4 16029 VLT: 16060 AMP with connection via CT Basic device xxx/5 4 16030 Dials 0-5 (See TI range on pages 77-78) 16031 0-50 16032 0-75 16033 0-100 16034 0-150 16035 0-200 16036 0-250 16037 0-300 16038 0-400 16039 0-500 16040 0-600 16041 0-800 16042 0-1000 16043 0-1500 16044 0-2000 16045 VLT Scale 0-300 4 16060 0-500 4 16061 A V 3 4 3 4 Load Analogue AMP Load Analogue VLT 61

AMP/VLT/FRE digital meters Metering and measurement 15201 Application The meters facilitate the real time monitoring of current, voltage and frequency. Technical details Supply voltage: 230Vac Operating frequency: 50-60Hz Display by red LED: 3 digits Accuracy at full scale: 0.5% ± 1 digital Consumption: 0.3VA Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm 2 cables EMC electromagnetic compatibility: IEC EN 50081-1 and IEC EN 50082-2 Safety: IEC EN 61010-1 AMP 10A Minimum value measured: 4% of rating Measurement input consumption: 1VA AMP Multirange Ratings: In direct reading: 5A By CT (not supplied) configurable on the front face of the ammeter: 10, 15, 20, 25, 40, 50, 60, 100, 150, 200, 250, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 4000, 5000A Minimum value measured: 4% of rating Measurement input consumption: 0.55VA VLT Direct measurement: 0-600Vac Input impedance: 2 MΩ Minimum value measured: 4% of rating FRE Minimum value measured: 20Hz Maximum value measured: 100Hz Full scale display: 99.9Hz Type Scale Connection Width in Part N o. with CT 18mm ways Amp with direct connection 0-10A Direct 2 15202 AMP with multirating VLT FRE 0-5000A As per rating 2 15209 0-600V As per rating 2 15201 20-100Hz As per rating 2 15208 L N 230V L N L N 230V 0-800V L N 230V 20-600V 1 234 1 234 1 234 Digital AMP + TI Digital VLT Digital FRE 62

PM9 multimeter Metering and measurement Application The PM9 digital multimeter displays the values of a three phase network. It provides information for the whole installation including voltage, current, active, reactive and apparent power, power factor, phase shifts, active and reactive energy and frequency. 15196 Technical details Supply voltage: 230Vac ± 10% Maximum measurement voltage without voltage transformer: 3 x 400Vac (rms) Operating frequency: 50-60Hz Back-lit LCD display with: 3 groups each with 3 digits The type of measurement in progress The phase measured The unit: V, A, kw, kwh, VAr, Hz, pf Range of current transformers (CT): Primary: 1-9999A Fixed secondary: 230A Range of voltage transformers (VT): Primary: 1-9999V Fixed secondary: 230V Accuracy class: Voltage: 0.5% of full scale Current: 0.5% of full scale Active energy: class 2 as per IEC EN 61036 Reactive energy: class 3 as per IEC-EN 61268 Maximum consumption of each measurement input: 0.55VA Operating temperature: -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature: -40 C to +85 C Connection by tunnel terminals: 2 x 2.5mm 2 Type Supply Width Part N o. voltage in 18mm ways PM9 230 4 15196 Note: Do not earth the secondary of the CT s (2) Three phase and neutral network: 3 x 230/400V N L1 L2 L3 Three phase network: 3 x 400V L1 L2 L3 P1 S1 P2 S2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 230V L3 P1 P1 S1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 P1 S1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 P2 S2 Three phase network: 3 x 230V L1 L2 L3 Three phase and neutral network with or without neutral greater than 400V L3 L2 L1 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1 L1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 P2 S2 L2 L3 63

CM selector switches Metering and measurement 15125 Application The CM selector switches provide selection of phases when used in conjunction with AMP or VLT meters. Technical details Rotary handle Maximum operating voltage: 440V, 50/60Hz Nominal thermal current: 10A Operating temperature: -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature: -25 C to +80 C Mechanical durability (AC21A-3 x 440V): 2000,000 operations Electrical durability: 1000,000 operations Connection: jumper terminals with captive screws, for cables up to 1.5mm 2 Complies with standards: IEC 60947-3 (EN 60947-3) VDE 0660-107 UL Type Voltage Rating Width Part N o. (Vac) (A) in 18mm ways CMA 415 10 2 15126 CMV 415 10 2 15125 N 1 2 3 S1 N 1 2 3 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 4 10 2 CMA 3 2 12 10 6 2 CMA 1 3 A V 64

CE/ME watt hour meters Metering and measurement Application Class 2 watt hour meters are designed for sub metering. They meter the electrical power consumed per hour by a single or three phased electrical load. There are two distinct families: Meters with electro-mechanical displays: CE range Meters with digital displays: ME range 17067 Technical details CE, Cer Operating temperature: -25 to +55 C Power consumption: 5VA Utilisation for all types of load up to 10% of third current harmonics Connection via tunnel terminals: 2.5mm 2 and up to 50mm 2 3P+N network SP network use of 3 TI use of 2 TI Ph-N voltage Ph-Ph voltage 230V 400V Maximum current Maximum power Maximum power (A) (kw) (kv) 50 34.5 40 100 69 80 200 138 160 400 276 320 15464 ME Accuracy class: 2 Frequency: 50/60Hz Consumption: 2.5VA Total meter: On a phase (single phase network), on the 3 phases (three phase network) Capacity - ME1, ME1z, ME1zr, ME3, ME3zr, ME4, and ME4zr: 999.99 MWh - ME4zrt associated with a CT rating < 150A 999.99 MWh - ME4zrt associated with a CT rating > 150A: 9999.99 MWh Display: in kwh or MWh with 5 significant digits Partial meter: On a phase (single phase network), on the 3 phases (three phase network) With RESET Capacity: - ME1z, ME1zr, ME3zr and ME4zr: 99.99 MWh - ME4zrt associated with a CT rating < 150A: 99.99 MWh - ME4zrt associated with a CT rating > 150A: 999.99 MWh Display: in kwh or MWh with 4 significant digits Flashing meter indicator (yellow) on front panel Operating temperature: -25 C to +55 C Connection using tunnel terminals: Primary connection: 6mm 2 Secondary connection: 16mm 2 Conform to IEC 1036 standard (with a sealable enclosure) 65

0.1 imp./ kwh 100 imp./ kwh 10/x imp./ kwh 10000/x imp./kwh 10/x imp./ kwh 10000/x imp./kwh CE/ME watt hour meters Metering and measurement L1 L2 L3 To impulse meter N L To impulse meter (ME1zr) L1 L2 L3 To impulse meter (ME3zr) 1 imp./ kwh 0.1 imp./ kwh N L1 L2 L3 MERLIN GERIN 10(63)A Cl.2 230Va50/60Hz 1000 imp./ kwh kwh 17067 MERLIN GERIN 10(63)A Cl.2 3x400V - 3x230V - 50/60Hz 100 imp./ kwh kwh 17076 ME3zr L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 MERLIN GERIN 17072 kwh ME4zrt S1(L2) S2 S1 (L1) S2 S1(L3) S2 ME1zr N N L L P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 N L L1 L2 L3 ME1zr ME3 ME3zr ME4zrt N L N L1 L2 L3 To impulse meter (ME4zr) N L1 L2 L3 To impulse meter U IN I MERLIN GERIN 10(63)A Cl. 2 3x230/400Va 50/60Hz kwh N L1 L2 L3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 17071 MERLIN GERIN ME4zr N N L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 17072 kwh ME4zrt S1(L2) S2 S1 (L1) S2 S1(L3) S2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 26 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1 N L 20 24 26 20 24 26 N L1 L2 L3 P2 S2 In = 25 A In = 90 A ME4 ME4zr ME4zrt CE 1P L1 IL1 S1 S2 L L2 L3 U IL2 IL3 P1 S1 P1 S1 S2 S2 IN U I P1 N IN 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 26 CE 3P 50 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 18 20 24 26 L CEr 1P 20 24 26 20 24 26 In = 25 A In = 90 A 66

CE/ME watt hour meters Metering and measurement Operation CE CE CE ME1 ME3 ME4 ME4zrt CEr CEr CEr ME1z ME3zr ME4zr (1P) 3P 230V 3P 400V ME1zr Single phase Three phase Three phase + neutral Rated voltage 230V (1P+N) 230V (3P) 400V (3P) 127/230V (3P+N) 230/400V (3P+N) Frequency (50/60Hz) Direct measurement current (A) For single phase 25 or 90 63 For three phase 63 63 Current measurement 50-400 50-400 40-6000 via CT (A) Total meter Total meter capacity 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh With CT 150A 999.99 MWh With CT 150A 999.99 MWh Partial meter ME1z/ME1zr ME3zr ME4zr (with RESET) Display Electro-mechanical (6 significant digits in kwh) Digital (5 significant digits in kwh or MWh Remote transfer CEr CEr ME1zr ME3zr ME4zr Type Rating Voltage Width Part N o. (A) rating in 18mm (Vac) ways Single phase CE 25 or 90 230 6 15464 Cer 25 or 90 230 6 15466 ME1 63 230 2 17065 ME1z 63 230 2 17066 ME1zr 63 230 2 17067 17067 Three phase three wire ME3 63 3x400 4 17075 ME3zr 63 3x400 4 17076 Three phase four wire CE 50-400(via CT) 3x230/400 6 15465 Cer 50-400(via CT) 3x230/400 6 15467 ME4 63 3x230/400 4 17070 ME4zr 63 3x230/400 4 17071 ME4zrt 40-6000(via CT) 3x230/400 4 17072 15464 For more information refer to publication Ref s: MGD 5171 and MGD 5195 67

CH/CI counters Metering and measurement 15440 Application The CH counters measure the total operating time of any load. The CI counters count 230Vac pulses from devices such as utility meters or people counters. Technical details CH Electromechanical display Maximum display: 99999.99 hours Display accuracy: 0.01% Without reset Storage temperature: -25 C to +85 C Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm 2 cable Consumption: 0.15VA Operating temperature: -10 C to +70 C Mounting on symmetrical rail CI Supply and metering voltage: 230Vac, 50/60 Hz Consumption: 0.15VA Maximum display: 9 999 999 impulses Without reset Metering data Minimum impulse time: 50ms Minimum time between 2 impulses: 50ms Storage temperature: -25 C to +85 C Operating temperature: -10 C to +70 C Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm 2 cable 15443 Type Control Width Part N o. voltage in 18mm ways CH 230Vac 2 15440 CI 230Vac 2 15443 CI 2 3 CH 2 3 Kwh Load Load CH CI 68

TI current transformers Metering and measurement 16503 Application TI are a range of current transformers with a ratio of x/5 for use with measurement devices (AMP, ME) and control devices. Technical details Suited to all types of modular electrical switchboards and enclosures Easy installation on symmetrical rail Easy, reliable connection using tunnel terminals, terminals for lugs or screw terminals Compliance with standards: IEC 44-1, NEF 42502, VDE 0414, BS 7626 and IEC 38-1 Degree of protection: IP20 Ambient installation temperature: Standard range: -5 C to +55 C, humidity < 95%, Tropicalised range: -25 C to +60 C humidity > 95% Storage temperature: -40 C to +80 C TI electrical data Maximum voltage rating Ue: 720V Secondary current: 5A Frequency: 50-60Hz TI mechanical data Maximum dimensions of primary circuit opening and weight: Part N o. Opening Diameter Weight (mm) (mm) (g) 16500-16506 and 16451-16456 20x5 21 200 16509-16515 and 16459-16465 30x10 270 16518-16521 and 16468-16471 40x10 35 430 16523-16524 and 16473-16474 64x11 and 51x31 500 16526-16535 and 16476-164 65x32 32 600 16537-16538 34x84 700 16540-16544 38x127 1500 16545-16547 52x127 1500 16548-16549 55x165 5000 Specific technical data Ring type current transformers Secondary connection using terminals for crimped lugs, tunnel terminals or using studs (depending on Part N o.) Delivered with: Part N o. Adaptor Adaptor Insulated Sealable for fixing for fixing binding cover on a on a screw symmetrical plate rail 16500-16506 and 16451-16456 16509-16515 and 16459-16465 Optional 16518-16521 and 16468-16471 Optional 16523-16524 and 16473-16474 16526-16535 and 16476-164 16537-16538 16540-16544 16545-16547 16548-16549 For further details on selecting a current transformer, see page 161. 69

TI current transformers Metering and measurement 16503 16512 Rating Part N o. Part N o. Part N o. standard tropicalised cylinder TI TI 40/5A 16500 16550 50/5A 16501 16451 16550 75/5A 16502 16452 16550 100/5A 16503 16453 16550 125/5A 16504 16454 16550 150/5A 16505 16455 16550 16509 16459 200/5A 16506 16456 16550 16510 16460 16526 16476 250/5A 16511 16461 16551 16518 16468 16627 16477 300/5A 16512 16462 16551 16519 16469 16528 16478 400/5A 16520 16470 16529 16479 16513* 16463 16551 500/5A 16521 16471 16523 16473 16530 16480 16514* 16464 16551 600/5A 16524 16474 16531 16481 16515* 16465 16551 800/5A 16532 16482 1000/5A 16533 164 1250/5A 16534 16537 16540 1500/5A 16535 16538 16541 2000/5A 16542 2500/5A 16543 16545 300/5A 16544 4000/5A 16547 5000/5A 16548 6000/5A 16549 * Only for use with cylinder Power (VA) Accuracy class 0.5 1 3 2 2.5 3 1.5 4 4 6 2.5 1 7.5 4 1.5 8 5 10.5 10 2 8 12 4 8 14.5 12.5 15 20 12 8.5 15 10 15 20 40 25 60 60 70 1.25 1.25 2.5 4 4 5.5 6 7 2 9 5 4 11 8 6 12 7.5 15 12 4 10 18 6 10 21.5 15 20 25 15 12 30 20 15 20 25 50 30 80 120 120 1 1.5 3 4 5 6.5 6.5 7 8.5 5 11 8 6 13.5 12 7 15 10 18 15 6 12 8 12 26 20 25 30 20 35 25 60 100 Accessories Part N o. Sealable cover for 16509-16515 and 16459-16465 16552 Sealable cover for 16518-16521 and 16468-16471 16553 70

{ { TH modular thermostats Energy management 15840 Application The TH3 and TH6 modular thermostats offer close tolerance temperature control for a variety of applications. Technical data Output contact rating: 5 A at 250Vac cos Ø =1 1 A at 250Vac cos Ø = 0.6 Electronic thermostat: Consumption: 2VA Temperature difference between tripping and activation: ± 0.2 C Degree of protection: IP20 Specific technical data TH3 Three indicator lights visualise: Above freezing operation (green) Reduced operation (yellow) The make position of the output contacts (red) Connection: 6mm 2 tunnel terminals Delivered with ambient temperature probe TH6 Indicator light: a (red) light emitting diode visualises the make position of the output contacts Connection: 2 x 2.5mm 2 tunnel terminals Delivered without probe 15841 Type Temperature Width in Part N o. range 18mm ( 0 C) ways TH3 (c/w probe 15846) +8 to +26 4.5 15841 TH6-30 to +90 4.5 15840 Accessories Ground probe 15845 Ambient probe 15846 Outdoor probe 15847 Collar probe 15848 External contacts Above freezing Reduced setpoint 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213141516 910111213141516 Ambient L temperature control NO L N 0/240V Ambient L temperature control NO L N 0/240V TH3 TH6 71

72

Unit mounted residual current devices Section three RMG residual current devices 74 RMG auxiliaries 75 RMG accessories 76 RMG enclosures 77 The devices featured in Section three are not suitable for mounting in the Isobar 4 outgoing connection system 73

RMG residual current devices Ratings: 16-100A Sensitivities: 10-300mA, time delayed Application Type RMG residual current devices provide the functions of isolation, switching and earth leakage protection of electrical circuits. They have a residual current operated electro-mechanical release which operates without any auxiliary source of supply to open a circuit automatically in the case of an earth leakage fault between phase and earth greater than or equal to a threshold of 10, 30, 100, or 300mA. RMG 80 030 2 Specifications RCD: BS EN 61008 Technical data Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Unwanted tripping All RMG rcd's incorporate a filtering device preventing the risks of unwanted tripping due to transient voltages (lightning, line disturbances on other equipment...) and transient currents (from high capacitive circuits.) Electrical data Current ratings: 16A - 100A Voltage ratings: 2 pole: 110/240Vac, 4 pole: 240/415Vac Cable capacities 16A - 80A: tunnel terminals for cables up to 35mm 2 100A: clamp terminals for cables up to 50mm 2 Number of operating cycles: (on load) 20,000 cycles (O-C) Operating temperature: -5 to +40 C Identification system: All RMG RCDs can accept up to a total of 4 marking accessories on each of their poles. Width in 18mm SP ways: 2P RMG all ratings: 2 4P RMG all ratings: 4 Installation On symmetrical DIN rail Panel mounting Note: RMG residual current devices must be used with circuit breakers to provide circuit protection of overload and short circuit faults. Dimensions: see page 170 Type RMG RCD - two pole 240V Class AC Rating Sensitivity Part N o. (A) (ma) 16 10 RMG 16 010 2 25 10 RMG 25 010 2 25 30 RMG 25 030 2 40 30 RMG 40 030 2 40 300 RMG 40 300 2 63 30 RMG 63 030 2 63 100 RMG 63 100 2 63 300 RMG 63 300 2 80 30 RMG 80 030 2 80 100 RMG 80 100 2 80 300 RMG 80 300 2 100 30 RMG 100 030 2 100 100 RMG 100 100 2 100 300 RMG 100 300 2 80 100 time delayed 50-70ms 23111 100 300 time delayed 50-70ms 23116 100 100 time delayed 50-70ms RMG 1001002S Type RMG RCD - four pole 415V Class AC Rating Sensitivity Part N o. (A) (ma) 25 30 RMG 25 030 4 25 300 RMG 25 300 4 40 30 RMG 40 030 4 40 300 RMG 40 300 4 63 30 RMG 63 030 4 63 100 RMG 63 100 4 63 300 RMG 63 300 4 63 300 time delayed 50-70ms 23146 80 30 16261 100 300 23213 100 300 time delayed 50-70ms 237 Type RMG RCD Class A Rating N o. of Part N o. (A) poles 25A 30mA 2 23249 40A 30mA 2 23253 63A 30mA 2 23258 40A 30mA 4 23303 63A 30mA 4 23308 3 phase 3 wire 415V applications In applications where no neutral is available an auxiliary test resistor is required for test button operation. Note: Device operation is independent of voltage or type of connection. 30mA 2700Ω 4 watt 100mA 820Ω 4 watt 300 ma 270Ω 4 watt Note: Resistors are not available from Merlin Gerin. N R Y B FEED LOAD or LOAD FEED N R Y B 74

Electrical auxiliaries for 2 and 4 pole RMGs Arrangement of auxiliaries O F + O F S R M G + + + + O F + MX or MN O F S R M G O F MX MX O + or + or + F + MN MN S R M G Auxiliary switch OF Shunt trip module MX Undervoltage trip module MN Auxiliary switch OF.S RCD Note: both 2P and 4P RMG type residual current devices can be fitted with the above combinations of electrical auxiliaries. Note: OFS required for all combinations. 26946 Shunt trip release (MX) Enables remote tripping Is equipped with a cut off switch in series with the coil allowing control circuit to remain energised Includes one auxiliary changeover switch (OF) Red flag trip indicator Mounted on the LHS of the OFS Cable capacity 2.5mm 2 Width Coil Consumption Part in 18mm volt pickup W or VA N o. SP ways 1 130Vdc 10 26946 1 240Vac 50 26946 1 415Vac 120 26946 1 48-60Vdc 26947 1 48-130Vac 200 26947 1 24Vac/dc 120 26948 Also requires OFS 26923 Undervoltage release (MN) Enables the RCD to be tripped either when the auxiliary supply voltage drops or by the opening operation of a normally closed remote pushbutton Prevents the RCD from being switched 'ON' again if the undervoltage release supply is not present Red flag trip indicator Mounted on the LHS of the OFS Cable capacity 2.5mm 2 Width Coil Consumption Part in 18mm volt pickup W or VA N o. SP ways 1 0/240Vac 4.1 26960 1 48Vac/dc 4.3 26961 Also requires OFS 26923 26960 26923 Auxiliary switch (OFS) A changeover switch which acts as an indicating or control device to monitor the ON or OFF positions of an RCD The OFS also acts as an adaptor mounted on the LHS of RCD, between the RCD and any other auxiliaries (additional OF, MX, MN, mounted on LHS of OFS). Indicates type of RCD Cable capacity 2.5mm 2 Auxiliary switch (OF) Changes main contacts to ON/OFF Test button on front face Cable capacity 2.5mm 2 Width Part in 18mm N o. SP ways 0.5 OFS 26923 Contact ratings (A): 3A at 415Vac 1A at 125Vdc 6A at 24Vdc 6A at 240Vac 2A at 48Vdc Width Part in 18mm N o. SP ways 0.5 OF 26924 Also requires OFS 26923 26924 75

Accessories RMG type residual current devices Terminal shields Two piece: completely covers terminals (cannot be fitted to 100A 2 pole unit) Description Part N o. Two piece unit for use with 2P RMG RCDs (except 100A unit) 26976 Two piece unit for use with 4P RMG RCDs 26978 26978 Sealable terminal screw shield Enables total isolation of the terminal screws 2P and 4P RMG RCDs only Description Part N o. For use with 2P and 4P RMG RCDs (2 strips of 4) 26981 26981 Padlocking facility Description Part N o. Padlocking bag of 2 26970 Padlock + 2 keys MGPL Spare key for MGPL MGPLSK 76

Metal All insulated Enclosures RMG type residual current devices G9 enclosure IP30 For a more comprehensive range of enclosures please refer to Section seven. Made from folded steel, epoxy powder coated Degree of protection: IP30 It consists of: A back plate with DIN rail A cover screwed to the back plate having 25mm knockouts top and bottom Capacity in Part N o. 18mm SP ways 3 99560 4 14599 5 14603 Dimensions: see page 189 For 2P RMG RCDs use 99560 For 4P RMG RCDs use 14599. 14599 Mini opale IP30 Impact resistant, all insulated enclosure self extinguishing to 650 C. Degree of protection: IP30 It consists of: An insulated back plate with integral DlN rail A cover clipped to the back plate Four hole terminal bar (also available separately - (1 X 16mm 2 + 3 X 10mm 2 ) Part N o. 14901) Capacity in Part N o. 18mm SP ways 2 13392 4 13394 6 13396 8 13398 Dimensions: see page 189 For 2P RMG RCDs use 13392 For 4P RMG RCDs use 13394 13394 13441 Kaedra weatherproof IP65 Degree of protection: IP65 Protection against mechanical damage IK09 Self extinguishing insulating material Flame and abnormal heat resistance 650 0 C, IEC 60695-2-1 Class 2: total insulation They are supplied complete with: Built in dividable blanking plate Screwed cover with hinged transparent window 13441-13443 two terminal blocks 4 holes each 13444 - two terminal blocks 8 holes each Accessories: see page 131 Capacity in Part N o. 18mm SP ways 4 13441 6 13442 8 13443 12 13444 Lock & key 13948 Sealing kit 13947 Bag of membrane glands 14190 Dimensions: see page 190 77

78

Circuit breakers Section four DPN MCBs, 1-40A 80 DPN RCBOs, 6-40A 81 C120 MCBs, 10-125A 82 - C120 Vigi s, 10-125A 84-85 DPN/C60/C120 auxiliaries 86-89 DPN/C60/C120 accessories 90-91 NG125 MCBs, 10-125A 92-98 NG125 Vigi s, 10-125A 99-103 NG125 auxiliaries 104-107 NG125 accessories 108-109 P25M, 0.16-25A 110-111 The devices featured in Section four are not suitable for mounting in the Isobar 4 Connection System 79

DPN Miniature circuit breakers 1P + switched neutral Ratings 4-40A, breaking capacity 6kA Applications Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits where switching of the neutral is required. DPN type B For use in applications with general load characteristics 2 pole switching in single pole width. Phase only protected Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type B magnetic setting between 3 and 5 In 19271 Rating Part Width in 18mm (A) N o. SP ways 4 19249 1 6 19250 1 10 19252 1 16 19254 1 20 19255 1 25 19256 1 32 19257 1 40 19258 1 DPN type C For use in applications with moderate inrush currents 2 pole switching in single pole width. Phase only protected Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type C magnetic setting between 3 and 10 In Rating Part Width in 18mm (A) N o. SP ways 1 19260 1 2 19261 1 4 19263 1 6 19264 1 10 19266 1 16 19268 1 20 19269 1 25 19270 1 32 19271 1 40 19272 1 Installation Panel mounting on symmetrical DIN rail in multi-service type boards and standard enclosures Technical data Current rating: 1 to 40A at 30 0 C Voltage rating: 240Vac Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898, 6kA Operating cycles: Mechanical: 20,000 Electrical: 20A, 20,000 25A, 15,000 32A, 10,000 40A, 6,000 Positive contact indication: in accordance with BS 7671 Width: 18mm Weight: 120g Cable capacity: 16mm 2 Tightening torque: 2.5Nm Accessories: see page 96 Dimensions: see page172 80

DPN RCBO Combined MCB/RCD 1P + switched neutral Application Protection against the effects of earth leakage, overload and short circuit currents. 2 pole switching of phase & neutral. Phase protected against overloads and short circuits Commercial, industrial and domestic electrical distribution systems Note: must not be used as the sole means of providing protection against direct contact (BS7671). 19668 Type Width Sens. Rat. Part N o. in (ma) (A) 18mm SP ways N + 1P 2 30 6 19661 10 19663 16 19665 20 19666 25 19667 32 19668 40 19669 Technical data Nominal voltage: 110/240V Breaking capacity: 6000A Ics to BS EN 60898, and earth leakage tested to BS EN 61009 Tripping characteristics: C curve: the magnetic release operates between 5 and 10 In Positive contact indication of the phase conductor: in accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations BS7671 Sensitivity: (non-adjustable) 30mA: unwanted tripping: The DPN rcbo incorporates a filtering device, preventing the risks of unwanted tripping due to transient voltages (lightning, line disturbances on other equipment and transient currents from high capacitive circuits) Visual indication of trip due to earth faults AC Class Cable capacities: Tunnel terminals up to 16mm 2 Weight: 190g Installation: Panel mounting on symmetrical DIN rail in multi-service type boards and standard enclosures Padlocking in the ON/OFF position by using Part N o. MGLA or 26970 N 1P R N 2 1 protected pole + switched neutral Type N o. of MCBs Part n o. Comb busbar 1P+N 13 14880 1P+N 24 14890 (bag of 2) 25mm 2 insulated 14885 connector (bag of 4) 235 max.13 MCBs 432 max.24 MCBs DPN comb busbar 100A/240V IEC664 27 10 15 Comb busbars Comb busbars enable several circuit breakers to be supplied with power. The supply to the comb busbar can be connected: Directly across the circuit breaker terminals by a 16mm 2 cable OR Via 25mm 2 connectors. Suitable for use with DPN MCBs and DPN vigi or combinations of both Characteristics Current rating at 40 0 C: 100A with a central connector 125A with two supply points Clip-on markers Markers can be installed: On the front face (max. 6 markers) Or above the downstream terminals (max. 4 markers). 81

C120H circuit breakers B, C and D curves Ratings 10-125A, breaking capacity 15kA 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type B C120H miniature circuit breakers Applications C120 MCBs provide high levels of current capacity, while maintaining a breaking capacity of 15kA. Available with a wide range of add on earth leakage and control accessories, C120H provides a physical replacement for the previous NC100 range of devices with B, C, and D type characteristics and 1-4 poles. Protection of cables against overloads and short circuits in final distribution Manual control and isolation Earth leakage protection when combined with a Vigi to BS EN 61009 Remote tripping, indication, by adding auxiliaries common to the entire C60/C120 range See page 88 Technical data Current rating: 10-125A Maximum voltage rating Ue: 440Vac Insulation voltage Ui: 500V Impulse withstand voltage Uimp: 6kV Complies with: BS EN 60898 and BS EN 60947-2 Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898 Type Voltage Breaking (V) capacity Icn (A) 1, 2, 3, and 4P 230-400 15000 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type C C120H miniature circuit breakers 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type D C120H miniature circuit breakers Breaking capacity: BS EN 60947-2 Type Voltage Breaking (V) capacity Icu (A) 1P 130 30000 230-240 15000 400-415 4500 (1) 2, 3 and 4P 230-240 30000 400-415 15000 440 10000 (1) Breaking capacity under 1 pole with IT isolated neutral system (case of double fault). Service breaking capacity: Ics = 50% Icu Positive contact indication Fast closing ensures simultaneous closing of poles Electrical durability: 63A: 10,000 cycles (O-C) 80-125A: 5,000 cycles (O-C) Limitation class: 3 Mechanical durability: 20,000 cycles (O-C) Weight: Pole Grams 1 205 2 410 3 615 4 820 Connection: Flexible cables: 1.5-35mm 2 Rigid cables: 1-50mm 2 Tightening torque: 3.5Nm Terminals ensure: Degree of protection IP2X Clamping of wide cross section cables Automatic guiding of cable into the correct position Markers: 4 marker clips next to the upstream terminal Label holder on handle (2, 3 and 4 pole) Degree of pollution: 3 82

B curve Applications: Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits in applications with general load characteristics Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 Type B. Magnetic setting between 3 and 5 In C120H circuit breakers B, C and D curves Ratings 10-125A, breaking capacity 15kA C120H Type B curve miniature circuit breaker Part N o s Ratings 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 194 195 196 197 198 199 18400 18401 18402 18403 18404 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 18405 18406 18407 18408 18409 18410 18411 18412 18413 18414 18415 Note: These products are not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection system. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18416 18417 18418 18419 18420 18421 184 18423 18424 18425 18426 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 18427 18428 18429 18430 18431 18432 18433 18434 18435 18436 18437 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 C curve Applications: Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits in applications with moderate inrush currents Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 Type C. Magnetic setting between 5 and 10 In C120H Type C curve miniature circuit breaker Part N o s Ratings 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 18438 18439 18440 18441 18442 18443 18444 18445 18446 18447 18448 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 18449 18450 18451 18452 18453 18454 18455 18456 18457 18458 18459 Note: These products are not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection system. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18460 18461 18462 18463 18464 18465 18466 18467 18468 18469 18470 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 18471 18472 18473 18474 18475 18476 18477 18478 18479 18480 18481 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 D curve Applications: Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits in applications with high inrush currents Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 Type D. Magnetic setting between 10 and 14 In C120H Type D curve miniature circuit breaker Part N o s Ratings 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 18482 184 18484 18485 18486 18487 18488 18489 18490 18491 18492 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 18493 18494 18495 18496 18497 18498 18499 18500 18501 18502 18503 Note: These products are not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection system. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18504 18505 18506 18507 18508 18509 18510 18511 18512 18513 18514 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 18515 18516 18517 18518 18519 18520 18521 185 18523 18524 18525 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 1 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 7 2 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 8

Vigi C120 modules Add on residual current devices for use with C120 MCBs Standard and si type, BS EN 61009-IEC 60497.2 appendix B Common function The protection of electrical installations against earth faults The protection of persons against indirect contact: medium sensitivities (300, 500, 1000mA) Supplementary protection of persons against accidental direct contact: high sensitivity (30mA) The C120 residual current device complies with BS EN 61009. It is equipped with a locating device that ensures the correct rating and number of poles. The technical data of C120 circuit breakers when combined with Vigi modules remain unchanged and the circuit breakers remain compatible with indication or control auxiliaries. Trip sensitivity AC class Tripped by sinusoidal AC currents whether they are quickly applied or rise slowly A class A class: ensures tripping with a DC component current. Tripped by sinusoidal AC currents as well as by pulsed DC currents whether they are quickly applied or rise slowly Trip type Instantaneous Provides a trip upon reaching threshold (no intentional time delay). Selective s Provides discrimination with down stream device by introducing an intentional time delay. Down stream device must be instantaneous with a sensitivity of 1/2 the upstream device. si Provides continuity of supply on circuits with a disturbed supply network. Used where there is a high risk of nuisance tripping due to: Lightning strikes IT earthing systems Switched electronic ballasts Desensitised by: Harmonics or high frequencies DC components Common technical data The Vigi C120 module incorporates the residual current relay and toroid in a case. Its earth leakage module is electro-mechanical. It functions without an auxiliary power supply source and thus has a very wide operating range Protected against nuisance tripping due to transient overvoltages (lightning strike, switchgear switching on the network, etc.) Breaking and making capacity upon short circuit is equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Instantaneous or selective s trip units Reinforced electromagnetic compatibility Technical data for standard type AC class: standard, 50-60Hz 8/20ms impulse withstand: Instantaneous: 250A peak Selective: 3kA peak Impulse withstand: Instantaneous: 3kA peak Selective: 5kA peak Remote tripping: possible using an MX or MN release on circuit breaker Connection: Identical to C120 circuit breakers: Flexible cables: 1.5-35mm 2 Rigid cables: 1-50mm Tightening torque: 3.5Nm Width of C120 residual current device + Vigi module: (in number of 18mm SP ways) 2P 3P 4P 6.5 (3+3.5) 9.5 (4.5+5) 11 (6+5) Weight (g): 2P 3P 4P 325 500 580 Fault indication by means of a red strip on the resetting handle Resetting the Vigi module, at user's convenience: Either using the circuit breaker handle Or independently of the circuit breaker Test button on front face for local operation check Combination of earth leakage modules with circuit breakers + = C120 circuit breaker Vigi C120 module C120 residual current device 84

Vigi C120 modules Add on residual current devices for use with C120 MCBs AC, A, si class, BS EN 61009 Class AC, C120 Vigi module. 230-415V Sens. 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (ma) 18mm 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways SP ways 30 300 300 s 500 1000 s 18563 18564 18544 18565 18545 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 18566 18567 18546 18568 18547 5 5 5 5 5 18569 18570 18548 18571 18549 5 5 5 5 5 18563 18546 18549 Class A, C120 Vigi module. 230-415V Sens. 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (ma) 18mm 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways SP ways 30 300 300 s 500 500 s 1000 s 18572 18573 18581 18574 18582 185 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 18575 18576 18584 18577 18585 18586 5 5 5 5 5 5 18578 18579 18587 18580 18588 18589 5 5 5 5 5 5 18572 18584 18589 Class si, C120 Vigi module. 230-415V Sens. 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (ma) 18mm 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways SP ways 30 300 300 s 500 1000 s 18591 18592 18556 18593 18557 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 18594 18595 18558 18596 18559 5 5 5 5 5 18597 18598 18560 18599 18561 5 5 5 5 5 18591 18558 18561 1 3 T 1 3 5 T 1 3 5 7 T 2 4 2 4 6 2468 2 pole devices 3 pole devices 4 pole devices 85

Electrical auxiliaries For DPN, C60 and C120 Applications The TM unit provides remote control of C60 and C120 circuit breakers via an electrical signal. For security or energy management, TM can be used to control lighting motors or heating. For the remote control and status indication of DPN, C60 or C120 MCBs. They are mounted to the left of the circuit breaker within a maximum width of 54mm Fixed using clips (no tools) onto the left side of the circuit breaker Compatible with Vigi modules (fitted to the right side) A maximum of 3 indication auxiliaries on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 2 changeover auxiliaries (OF+SD/OF) on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 2 tripping auxiliaries (MX + OF or MN) on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 1 tripping auxiliary (MN s or MNx or MSU) on the same circuit breaker + + + + + + OF+SD/OF auxiliary contact OF auxiliary contact SD fault indication switch MN s, MNx or MSU auxiliary MX + OF or MN auxiliary TM remote control Circuit breaker 86

TM remote controls For C60 and C120 MX MN SD A1 230V ~ auto Possible Voltage Part N o. Width in combinations (V) 18mm SP ways C60 1-2P 230 110 3.5 C120 1-2P 230 112 3.5 110 OF MX MN SD A2 A1 auto 230V ~ Possible Voltage Part N o. Width in combinations (V) 18mm SP ways C60 3-4P 230 111 3.5 OF A2 111 Tm modules allow: Remote control of C60/C120 circuit breakers (with or without a Vigi module)via a latched order Circuit breaker resetting after tripping, while respecting safety rules and regulations in force A disconnection selector switch placed on the front panel is used to: Disconnect the remote control Lock the remote controlled circuit breaker in the "open" position (7 mm Ø padlock not supplied) A mechanical indicator shows the "open" or "closed"status of the Tm remote control Reclosing after a fault: Must be carried out in manual mode,locally after search and clearance of the fault To enable manual and local resetting, an SD auxiliary switch (cat.no.26927),cabled in series in the control line of the Tm to module, prevent automatic remote reclosing Remote reclosing is possible provided regulations are complied with:resetting takes place by opening the control circuit for more than 1.5s Technical data Control voltage (Uc): 230Vac (-15% +10%) Frequency: 50-60Hz Consumption: Inrush: -Tm C60:28VA, -Tm C120:35VA Holding: 2VA Insensitive to brownouts: 0.45s Undervoltage behaviour: >0.45s,mechanical opening of poles Reclosing 2s after power is restored Number of cycles (O-C)at 40 C: Tm +C60:20 000 Tm +C120 (63A):10 000 Tm +C120 (80-125A): 5 000 Opening time by Tm: 0.5s Closing time by Tm: 2s Connection Using tunnel terminals: 1 x 6mm 2 cable 2 x 1.5mm 2 or 2.5mm 2 cables Weight 1-2P: 300g 3-4P: 310g 87

Electrical auxiliaries For DPN, C60 and C120 26946 MX + OF (shunt release and auxiliary contact) Control Part N o. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways U> 110-415 110-130 26946 1 48 48 26947 1 12/24 12/24 26948 1 Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is applied. Indication of tripping and fitted with changeover contact for indication and self breaks control circuit allowing it to remain energised. 14 12 C2 C1 MSU (voltage threshold release) 1P + N Control Part N o. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) ways U>> 0-240 tripping at 255V 26979 2* 0-240 tripping at 275V 26479 2* 26979 N L MN (under voltage release) Instantaneous Control Part N o. Width in voltage 18mm SP U< (Vac) (Vdc) ways 0-240 26960 1 48 48 26961 1 115 (400Hz) 26959 1 0-240 Delayed s 26963 2 Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is removed. D1 D2 26963 26969 MNx emergency stop Ph + N Control Part N o. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) ways U< 230 26969 2 230 26977 2* 400 26991 2* 400 26971 2 E1 E2 N L * For use with C60 only. Disconnects the MCB when the normally closed push button contact is opened. Does not trip in the event of power supply failure. MX shunt release U> Control Part N o. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways 110-415 110-130 26476 1 48 48 26477 1 12/24 12/24 26478 1 C2 C1 26476 88

Electrical auxiliaries For DPN, C60 and C120 26927 26924 26929 SD fault indicating switch 94 92 91 OF auxiliary contact 14 12 11 OF + SD/OF selector switch 24 21 92 94 91 Part N o. Width in 18mm SP ways 26927 0.5 Contact rating (V) (A) Auxiliary contact 240Vac 6A changes when device 415Vac 3A trips, with front face 24Vdc 6A indication. 48Vdc 2A 125Vdc 1A Part N o. Width in 18mm SP ways 26924 0.5 Contact rating (V) (A) Auxiliary contact 240Vac 6A changes with main 415Vac 3A contacts (ON/OFF) 24Vdc 6A with test button on 48Vdc 2A front face. 125Vdc 1A Part N o. Width in voltage 18mm SP ways 26929 0.5 Auxiliary contact and selectable auxiliary or fault contact with front face indication. 89

Accessories For C60 and C120 Padlocking facility Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60 Pack of 5 MGLA C120 Pack of 2 27145 26970 Screw shield Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60 Sealable and dividable 2 strips of 4 26981 C60 vigi 1P shields pack of 20 26982 C120 Sealable and dividable 2 strips of 4 18527 18527 Terminal shield Breaker Pole Part N o. C60 1 26975 2 26976 3 26975 4 26976 + 26978 C120 1 18526 2 2 x 18526 3 3 x 18526 4 4 x 18526 18526 Insulated sub distribution terminal Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60/C120 Pack of 4 19091 For 3 x cables up to 16mm 2 each. 19091 Aluminium cable terminal Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60/C120 Pack of 1 27060 For cables 16-50mm 2. 27060 90

Accessories For C60 and C120 Screw connection Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60/C120 Pack of 8 27053 Rear connection terminal with interpole barrier Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60/C120 Pack of 2 18528 18528 Inter-pole barrier Breaker Quantity Part N o. C60/C120 Pack of 10 27001 27001 Spacer Breaker Width Part N o. C60/C120 9mm 27062 27062 Label holder Breaker Quantity Part N o. C120 Pack of 10 replacements 27150 Replacement wire cover for vigibloc Breaker Pole Part N o. C60 2 264 Pack of 5 3 26484 replacements 4 26485 264 Marking accessories These clip-on markers allow identification of MCBs and RCDs 27017 91

NG125 circuit breakers Selection Circuit breakers Standard Number Rating Type Curves Magnetic Breaking capacity at 415V of poles (A) threshold (ka) In 16 25 36 50 BS EN 60947-2 1, 2 10-80 NG125N C 8 3, 4 10-125 NG125N C 8 3, 4 80-125 NG125N B 4 3, 4 80-125 NG125N D 12 1, 2, 3, 4 10-80 NG125H C 8 2, 3 1.6-80 NG125LMA MA 12 Trip free switch disconnector Standard Number Rating Type of poles BS EN 60947-3 3, 4 80, 100, 125 NG125NA Earth leakage modules for trip free circuit breakers and switch disconnectors Standard Number Rating Vigi Sensitivity Instantaneous of poles In at 40 0 C type (ma) Instantaneous or selective s (A) Instantaneous Selective s or selective or delayed 150ms BS EN 60947-2 2, 3, 4 63 Vigi NG125 30 300-500-1000-3000 300 300 with fault threshold 1000 indication (1) 3 125 Vigi NG125 30 300-500-1000 300-500-1000-3000 with fault threshold indication 4 125 Vigi NG125 30 300-500-1000 300-500-1000-3000 300 with fault threshold indication (1) Only in 3P and 4P. Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems. 92

NG125 circuit breakers Selection Choice of circuit breakers Type NG125N NG125H NG125LMA Impulse voltage Uimp (kv) 8 8 8 Insulation voltage Ui (V) 690 690 690 Maximum voltage rating Ue (V) 500 500 500 Number of poles 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 2, 3 Breaking Icu AC 110-130V 50 70 capacity 0-240V 25 50 36 70 100 (ka) 380-415V 6 25 9 36 50 IEC 947.2 440V 20 30 40 500V 10 12 15 DC 60V 25 36 125V 25 (2P) 36 (2P) 250V 25 (4P) 36 (4P) 500V Ics AC 75% Icu 75% Icu 75% Icu DC 100% Icu 100% Icu 100% Icu Tripping B curve 40 C 80-125 curves C curve 40 C 10-80 10-125 10-80 10-80 /ratings (A) D curve 40 C 80-125 MA curve 40 C 1.6-80 Fast closing Positive break indication Auxiliaries Degree of pollution 3 18668 93

NG125 switch disconnectors BS EN 60947-3 Applications The NG125NA is a trip free switch disconnector for on load opening and closing. This modular device has the same auxiliary functions and accessories as the NG125 circuit breaker. Vigi NG125 module for earth leakage protection OF + SD auxiliary contact MX or MN releases Various connection types (80, 100 and 125A ratings) Rotary handle.this modular device has the same auxiliary Common technical data Ratings: 63-125A Maximum voltage rating Ue: 500Vac Performance as in BS EN 60947.3 Short time withstand current (50ms) Icw: 1.5kA Maximum making capacity: see co-ordination tables Maximum insulation voltage Ui: 690V Impulse voltage Uimp: 8kV Electrical durability: Voltage Category 63/80A 100/125A 500Vac ACB 1500 1000 440Vac ACB 1500 1000 415Vac ACA-AC23B 1500 1000 125Vdc DCA 1500 1000 (2P series) 250Vdc DCA 1500 1000 (4P series) Isolation with positive contact indication Built-in padlocking facility Weight (g): Type 3P 4P 720 960 18891 Compatible with Pragma or Prisma G or P modular enclosures Connection: tunnel terminals for flexible and rigid copper cables up to 70 mm 2 3P 1 3 5 Maximum Part N o. Width in rating 18mm SP (A) ways 63 18889 4.5 80 18890 4.5 100 18891 4.5 125 18892 4.5 2 4 6 4P 1 3 5 7 Maximum Part N o. Width in rating 18mm SP (A) ways 63 18893 6 80 18894 6 100 18895 6 125 18896 6 2 4 6 8 Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems. 94

Applications NG125N circuit breakers B, C and D curves BS EN 60947-2: 25kA This circuit breaker is specially designed for functions requiring a high breaking capacity (up to 25kA): modular enclosure incomer, main incomer in sub-distribution switchboards, outgoer, protection of loads directly supplied by a power switchboard. Common technical data Rating: 10-125A Reference temperature: 40 C Uimp: 8kV Ui: 690V Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2: Type Voltage Breaking capacity (Vac) (A) 1P 0-240 25000 1P 380-415 6000 (1) 2, 3, 4P 380-415 25000 (1) 1 pole breaking capacity in the IT isolated neutral system (double fault). Isolation with positive contact indication 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed Built-in padlocking facility on 3P and 4P Fault display on front face by: Fault indicator Position of toggle: tripped Test button to check proper operation of the tripping mechanism Fast closing Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55 C) Weight (g): Type 1P 2P 3P 4P 240 480 720 960 Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to Section 6 Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the part outside the enclosure) Connection: 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5-50mm 2 copper cables 80-125A ratings: tunnel terminals for 16-70mm 2 copper cables Aluminium cables, copper cables with lug or busbar (see connection accessories) On 3P and 4P: upstream voltage connection on each pole, by 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuit supply B curve The magnetic trip units operate at 4 In ± 20% C curve The magnetic trip units operate at 8 In ± 20% D curve The magnetic trip units operate at 12 In ± 20% 95

NG125N circuit breakers B, C and D curves BS EN 60947-2: 25kA Ratings 10-125A B curve NG125N Rating 3P Width in 4P Width in (A) 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways 80 100 125 18663 18664 18665 4.5 4.5 4.5 18666 18667 18668 6 6 6 18664 18610 C curve NG125N Rating 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 18610 18611 18612 18613 18614 18615 18616 18617 18618 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 18621 186 18623 18624 18625 18626 18627 18628 18629 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18632 18633 18634 18635 18636 18637 18638 18639 18640 18642 18644 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 18649 18650 18651 18652 18653 18654 18655 18656 18658 18660 18662 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 D curve NG125N Rating 3P Width in 4P Width in (A) 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways 80 100 125 18669 18670 18671 4.5 4.5 4.5 18672 18673 18674 6 6 6 18669 1 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 7 2 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 8 1 pole devices 2 pole devices 3 pole devices 4 pole devices Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems. 96

Applications This circuit breaker is specially designed for functions requiring a high breaking capacity (up to 36kA): main incomer in sub-distribution switchboards; outgoer, protection of loads directly supplied by a power switchboard. NG125H circuit breakers C curve BS EN 60947-2: 36kA Ratings 10-125A Common technical data Rating: 10-80A Reference temperature: 40 C Uimp: 8kV Ui: 690V Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2: Type Voltage Breaking capacity (Vac) (A) 1P 0-240 36000 1P 380-415 9000 (1) 2, 3, 4P 380-415 36000 (1) 1 pole breaking capacity in IT isolated neutral systems (double fault). Isolation with positive break indication 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed Built-in padlocking facility on 3P and 4P Fault display on front face by: Fault indicator Position of toggle: tripped Test button to check proper operation of the tripping mechanism Fast closing Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55 C) Weight (g): Type 1P 2P 3P 4P 240 480 720 960 Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to Section 6 Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the part outside the enclosure) Connection: 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5-50mm 2 copper cables 80A rating: tunnel terminals for 16-70mm 2 copper cables Connection of aluminium cables, copper cables with lug or busbar for 3P and 4P (see connection accessories) Upstream voltage connection on each pole, by 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuit supply C curve The magnetic trip units operate at 8 In ± 20% 18705 C curve NG125H Rating 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 18705 18706 18707 18708 18709 18710 18711 18712 18713 SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 18714 18715 18716 18717 18718 18719 18720 18721 187 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18723 18724 18725 18726 18727 18728 18729 18730 18731 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 18732 18733 18734 18735 18736 18737 18738 18739 18740 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 1 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 7 2 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 8 1 pole devices 2 pole devices 3 pole devices 4 pole devices Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems. 97

NG125 circuit breakers MA curve (magnetic trip) BS EN 60947-2: 50kA Applications The NG125LMA circuit breakers are designed to protect motor supply circuits (cables and starters) against short circuit current. These devices can be used in conjunction with Telemecanique overload relays to achieve total motor protection. Common technical data Trip units: 1.4-80A Reference temperature: 40 C Uimp: 8kV Ui: 690V Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2: Type Voltage Breaking capacity (V) (A) 2, 3P 380-415 50000 Isolation with positive contact indication 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed Built-in padlocking facility on 3P Fault display on front face by: Fault indicator Position of toggle: tripped Test button to check proper operation of the tripping mechanism Fast closing Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55 C) Weight (g): Type 2P 3P 480 720 Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to Section 6 Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the part outside the enclosure) Connection: Trip units up to MA63: tunnel terminals for 1.5-50mm 2 copper cables MA80 trip units: tunnel terminals for 16-70mm 2 copper cables On 3P, upstream voltage connection on each pole, by 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuit supply MA curve The magnetic trip units operate at 12 In ± 20% 18868 MA curve NG125N Rating In Trip unit Magn. Im 2P Width in 3P Width in (A) (A) 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways 4 MA4 50 18868 3 18879 4.5 6.3 MA6.3 75 18869 3 18880 4.5 10 MA10 120 18870 3 18881 4.5 12.5 MA12.5 150 18871 3 18882 4.5 16 MA16 190 18872 3 188 4.5 25 MA25 300 18873 3 18884 4.5 40 MA40 480 18874 3 18885 4.5 63 MA63 750 18875 3 18886 4.5 80 MA80 960 18876 3 18887 4.5 1 3 1 3 5 2 4 2 4 6 2 pole devices 3 pole devices Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems. 98

NG125 Vigi Selection 18668 19049 Vigi module A class 10-63A 80-125A Pole Page Pole Page Adjustable 300, 500, 1000mA 3P, 4P 111 instantaneous, selective s 300, 500, 1000, 3000mA 3P, 4P 111 3P, 4P 111 instantaneous, selective, delayed Non adjustable 30mA 2P, 3P, 4P 109 3P, 4P 109 300mA 2P, 3P, 4P 111 4P 111 300mA selective s 2P, 3P, 4P 111 1000mA selective s 2P, 3P, 4P 111 Vigi module AC class 10-63A Pole Non adjustable 30mA 2P, 3P, 4P 108 Page 300mA 2P, 3P, 4P 110 Vigi module si class 80-125A Pole Page Adjustable 300, 500, 1000, 3000mA 3P, 4P 111 instantaneous, selective, delayed Non adjustable 30mA 3P, 4P 109 99

NG125 high sensitivity Vigi 30mA instantaneous, BS EN 61008 AC class Applications Combined with an NG125 MCB, vigi units provide protection against indirect and supplementary protection against contact with live parts. Technical data Class AC: Sensitive to sinusoidal AC currents whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault Class A: Sensitive to DC component sinusoidal AC or pulsed DC current whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault Incorporates in a single case: The residual current relay The toroid Connection to the circuit breaker by rigid links (compact size) insulated by a shield (supplied) (degree of protection IP40D) Earth fault display on the front face of the Vigi module by reset handle Voltage rating: 230-415Vac Frequency: 50/60Hz Uimp: 8kV Ui: 690V Protection against nuisance tripping due to transient overvoltages (lightning, switchgear switching on the network, etc.) Tripping by direct mechanical action on the circuit breaker Rated current: 63A or 125A with locating device: 63A for < 63A circuit breakers 125A for 80, 100 and 125A circuit breakers Auxiliaries that can be plugged onto Vigi 125A: Remote tripping by MXV shunt trip Remote indication of earth fault trip by SDV auxiliary switch Weight (g) of Vigi only: Type 2P 3P 4P 5 mod. 250 9 mod. 410 450 11 mod. 750 800 Connection: 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5-50mm 2 copper cables 80-125A ratings: tunnel terminals for 16-70mm 2 copper cables Aluminium cables, copper cables with lug (see connection accessories) Class AC ~ 2P Sensitivity I Max. Part N o. Width in 1 3 (ma) (A) 18mm SP T ways 30 63 19000 2.5 2 4 3P Sensitivity I Max. Part N o. Width in (ma) (A) 18mm SP 1 3 5 T ways 30 63 19002 4.5 2 4 6 4P Sensitivity I Max. Part N o. Width in (ma) (A) 18mm SP 1 3 5 7 T ways 30 63 19004 4.5 2468 100

NG125 high sensitivity Vigi 30mA instantaneous, BS EN 61008 A class Class A 2P I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in 1 3 (A) (ma) 18mm SP T ways 63 30 19008 (1) 2.5 (1) Voltage rating: 110-0Vac. 2 4 19010 3P I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in (A) (ma) 18mm SP 1 3 5 T ways 63 30 19013 4.5 125 30 19039 5.5 2 4 6 4P I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in (A) (ma) 18mm SP 1 3 5 7 T ways 63 30 19015 4.5 125 30 19041 5.5 2468 Class A si type 3P I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in 1 3 5 (A) (ma) 18mm SP T ways 125 30 19100 5.5 2 4 6 4P I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in (A) (ma) 18mm SP 1 3 5 6 T ways 125 30 19101 5.5 2 4 6 8 101

NG125 sensitivity Vigi Instantaneous, selective, time delayed (300-300mA) BS EN 61008 AC class Class AC: Sensitive to sinusoidal AC currents whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault Class A: Sensitive to DC component sinusoidal AC or pulsed DC current whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault Selective s : Provides discrimination with down stream device by introducing an intentional time delay. Down stream device must be instantaneous and 1/2 In sensitivity Si: Provides continuity of supply on circuits with disturbed supply network i.e. areas with high risk of nuisance tripping Incorporates in a single case: The residual current relay The toroid Connection to the circuit breaker by rigid links (compact size) insulated by a shield (supplied) Earth fault display: On the front face of the Vigi by reset handle Protection against nuisance tripping due to transient overvoltages (lightning, switchgear switching on the network, etc.) Rated current: 63 or 125A with locating device: 63A: for 63A circuit breakers 125A: for 80-100 - 125A circuit breakers Frequency: 50/60Hz Specific technical data of the adjustable vigi I n sensitivity adjustable by index: 300, 500, 1000, 3000mA Adjustable tripping time: Instantaneous Selective: 60ms Delayed: 150ms Leakage current indication on 3P and 4P 300-3000 I/S/D : On the front face by LED Remotely, by 250V - 1A (low level) volt free NO contact, connected by 2 x 1.5 mm 2 plate terminal Threshold setting by potentiometer from 10-50% of I n Disconnection essential for dielectric testing by built-in pushbutton Auxiliaries plugged onto 125A and 63A Vigi I/S/D Remote tripping by MXV shunt trip Remote indication of earth fault trip by SDV auxiliary switch Weight (g) of Vigi only: Type 2P 3P 4P 5 mod. 250 9 mod. 410 450 11 mod. 750 800 Class AC ~ 2P I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in 1 3 (A) (ma) 18mm SP T ways 63 300 19001 2.5 2 4 3P I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in (A) (ma) 18mm SP 1 3 5 T ways 63 300 19003 4.5 2 4 6 4P I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in (A) (ma) 18mm SP 1 3 5 7 T ways 63 300 19005 4.5 2468 102

NG125 medium sensitivity Vigi Instantaneous, selective, time delayed (300-300mA) BS EN 61008 A class Class A 2P I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in 1 3 (A) (ma) 18mm SP T ways 63 300 19012 2.5 300 19009 (1) 2.5 300 s 19030 2.5 1000 s 19031 2.5 2 4 (1) Voltage rating: 110-0Vac. 19049 3P I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in (A) (ma) 18mm SP 1 3 5 ways T 63 300 19014 4.5 300 s 19032 4.5 1000 s 19033 4.5 300-3000 I/S/D 19036 5.5 2 4 6 300-3000 I/S/D 19053 (2) 5.5 125 300-1000 I/S 19044 5.5 300-3000 I/S/D 19047 5.5 300-3000 I/S/D 19055 (2) 5.5 (2) Voltage rating: 440/415Vac, without early warning function. 4P I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in (A) (ma) 18mm SP 1 3 5 7 ways T 63 300 19016 4.5 300 s 19034 4.5 1000 s 19035 4.5 300-3000 I/S/D 19037 5.5 2468 300-3000 I/S/D 19054 (2) 5.5 125 300 19042 5.5 300-1000 I/S 19046 5.5 300-3000 I/S/D 19049 5.5 300-3000 I/S/D 19056 (2) 5.5 (2) Voltage rating: 440/415Vac, without early warning function. Class A si type 1 3 5 3P T I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in (A) (ma) 18mm SP ways 125 300-3000 I/S/R 19106 5.5 2 4 6 4P I Max. Sensitivity Part N o. Width in (A) (ma) 18mm SP 1 3 5 7 ways T 125 300-3000 I/S/R 19107 5.5 2468 103

NG125 and NG125 Vigi Electrical auxiliaries Applications MX+OF, MXV shunt trip Trips the circuit breaker or Vigi (MXV) when a voltage is applied. MN, MN undervoltage release Trips the circuit breaker when the voltage is disconnected. Delayed MN s undervoltage release Provides delayed tripping of the circuit breaker to which it is attached. Common technical data Complies with standard: BS EN 60947-5-1 (MX + OF, OF + SD, OF + OF and SDV) BS EN 6094712 (MN, MN s, MX and MXV) Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles (AC 15): Ui: class 2 insulation : 690V Uimp: 8kV Degree of pollution: 3 OF+SD, OF+OF, SDV auxiliary contacts Remotely indicates: The "open" or "closed" position (OF) A fault on the circuit breaker (SD) or Vigi module (SDV) Early warning This function is performed by light indication and fault free contact Built in adjustable Vigi modules, 300-3000mA, of the I/S/R/ type from 230-415Vac Connection: plate terminal for: 1 or 2 flexible or rigid 2.5mm 2 cables 2 x 2.5mm 2 uninsulated cable ends 2 x 1.5mm 2 insulated cable ends 2 x 1.5mm 2 fork lugs NG125 with residual current circuit breaker or device Technical data for circuit breaker auxiliaries OF+OF Auxiliary contact changes with main contacts (ON/OFF) OF+SD Fault indicating switch changes when main contacts trip MX+OF Shunt releases Tripping: on energisation Equipped with a contact allowing self breaking MN Undervoltage release Tripping and opening of the associated circuit breaker: if supply voltage drops between 70 and 35% Reclosing: forbidden if supply voltage is not restored (e.g.: emergency stop by pushbutton) Technical data for Vigi module auxiliaries Can be added to: All types of 125A Vigi module 63A 300-3000 I/S/D Vigi module SDV Fault indicating switch MXV Shunt releases Tripping: on energisation Equipped with a contact allowing self breaking Impulse withstand: 6kV High impedance input: use an ACTp if leakage current is greater than 1mA see page 55 MNx Undervoltage release unaffected by power cuts MN s delayed undervoltage release Allows a 0.25 second time delay on brownout or voltage drop 104

NG125 and NG125 Vigi Electrical auxiliaries Auxiliaries for circuit breaker OF+OF Voltage Part N o. Width in 11 12 14 (Vac) 18mm SP ways 0-240 (6A) 19071 0.5 19071 21 24 Fault indicating switch OF+SD 11 12 14 Voltage Part N o. Width in (Vac) 18mm SP ways 0-240 (6A) 19072 0.5 95 98 96 19072 OF+OF or OF+SD Voltage Part N o. Width in 11 12 14 (Vac) 18mm SP ways 240 (6A) 19073 0.5 21 24 95 98 96 19073 Shunt trip MX+OF Voltage Part N o. Width in (Vac) (Vdc) 18mm SP U> ways 230-415 110-130 19064 1 48-130 48 19065 1 24 24 19066 1 1412 C2 C1 19064 105

NG125 and NG125 Vigi Electrical auxiliaries 19067 Undervoltage release MN Voltage Part N o. Width in (Vac) (Vdc) 18mm SP U> ways 0-240 19067 1 48 19069 1 48 19070 1 D1 D2 Undervoltage release with 0.5s time delay MN s Voltage Part N o. Width in U> (Vac) 18mm SP ways 230-240 19068 2 D1 D2 19068 Auxiliary contacts for Vigi module SDV Voltage Part N o. Width in (Vac) 18mm SP ways NO 250 (0.1-2A) 19058 - NC 250 (0.1-2A) 19059-11 12 13 14 19058 Shunt trip for Vigi module MXV Voltage Part N o. Width in (Vac) 18mm SP ways 110-240 19060 - U> M1 M2 19060 Note: High impedance output (use an ACTP Cat. No. 15919, if the leakage current of the control device is greater than 1mA). 106

Distribloc 125A splitters Applications Distribloc is a fully insulated four pole modular splitters. Connection by screw terminals or spring terminals. Technical data Rated insulation voltage: 690V Permissible peak current: Ipk = 20kA Complies with the low voltage switchgear standard: BS EN 60947-7-1 Rated current at 40 C: 125A Installation: Clipped onto a symmetrical rail Fits onto a row next to other modular device: - 45mm nose - 12 mod. of 9mm Can be screwed onto a plain or mounting grid Connection Incomer: Tunnel terminal for 35mm 2 flexible or rigid cables Optional factory built link for NG125 (Part N o.07054) Outgoer in spring terminals: Minimum cross section: 1mm 2 Simplifies rebalancing of phases and extensions Unaffected by temperature variations Spring contact pressure automatically adapted to conductor cross section A single cable without metal end per spring: - by flexible cables: 2 x 10mm 2 + 3 x 6mm 2 + 7 x 4 mm 2 - by rigid cables: 2 x 16mm 2 + 3 x 6mm 2 + 7 x 4mm 2 Outgoer in screw terminals: 1x16mm 2 or 25mm 2 flexible or rigid cables Distribloc Type Part N o. Width in 18mm SP ways Distribloc 125A 07105 6 Set of 4 125A flexible links 07054 - Distribloc 125 107

NG125 and NG125 Vigi Accessories Applications Rotary handle The following NG125 accessories can be used to increase flexibility and simplify installation. Screw shield Prevents contact with device terminal screws Protection against direct contact: IP40D: on the front face IP20B: at connection level Optional sealing terminal shield for circuit breaker Terminal shield Installation: mounted upstream and downstream of the circuit breaker/vigi Phase-to-phase insulation voltage Ui = 1000V Protection against direct contact: IP40D Class II in metal or plastic enclosures (up to 440V) Optional sealing terminal shield for residual current device Tunnel terminals for copper cables Cable cross section: For 63A ratings: - flexible cable: 1-35mm 2 - rigid cable: 1.5-50mm 2 For 80-100-125A ratings: - flexible cable: 10-50mm 2 - rigid cable: 16-70mm 2 Tightening torque and tool type: For 63A ratings: 3.5Nm with 6.5mm flat screwdriver or PZ N. 2 (Pozidrive recessed head screw) For 80-100-125A ratings: 6Nm with 4mm Allen wrench (hexagon socket screw) Degree of protection: IP20B Extended rotary handle Installation: front 3 & 4 pole devices Utilisation: circuit breaker control from outside the enclosure Retains isolation/padlocking in the O position (3 padlocks) IP55 3 positions Door interlocking: opening possible in O position only direct rotary handle Padlocking accessory Enables padlocking (in l or O position) of 1P or 2P NG125 circuit breakers: In l position of 3P or 4P NG125 circuit breakers Note: the 3P/4P NG125 circuit breakers are factory designed for padlocking in the O position (isolated) Padlock: Ø 5-8mm (not supplied) Insulated sub-distribution terminal Holes for 3 cables: 16mm 2 rigid cables 10mm 2 flexible cables Copper cable sub-distribution terminals Cable cross section for all ratings (circuit breaker only): Flexible cable: 1-10mm 2 Rigid cable: 1.5-16mm 2 With ends: up to 4mm 2 inclusive Tightening torque and tool type: 2Nm with 5.5mm flat screwdriver or PZ N. 1 (Pozidrive recessed head screw) Phase-to-phase insulation voltage: Ui = 1000V Matching terminals for 70mm 2 aluminium cables Cable cross section for 80,100 and 125A ratings: 25-70mm 2 Tightening torque and tool type: 6Nm with 4mm Allen wrench (hexagon socket screw) Screws and nuts for lug and bar connection Installation: upstream or downstream Connection of 80, 100 and 125A ratings: copper lug: - flexible cable up to 35mm 2 - rigid cable up to 50mm 2 Bars: 16x3mm, 15x4mm Lugs with small eyelet hole Tightening torque and tool type: 6Nm with Allen 4mm wrench (M6 screw) Phase-to-phase insulation voltage: Ui = 1000V Cable lugs Connection of 80, 100 and 125A ratings: Flexible copper cable: 50mm 2 Rigid copper cable: 70mm 2 Comb busbar Utilisation: for NG125 circuit breaker up to 63A direct supply by circuit breaker terminal (50mm 2 max. rigid cable) Tooth shield available for unused teeth Length (dividable): 16 modules of 27mm, i.e. 48 modules of 9mm 125A max. upstream Insulation voltage: 690V Uimp: 8kV Degree of protection when used with tooth-shield ends: IPXXB 108

NG125 and NG125 Vigi Accessories 19087 19080 19076 Screw shield for circuit breaker Pack of 10 Type Part N o. 1P 19084 2P 19085 3P 19086 4P 19087 Terminal shield for circuit breaker Pair Type Part N o. 1P 19080 2P 19081 3P 19082 4P 190 Terminal shield for residual current device (Set of) 63A Type Part N o. 2P 19074 3P 19075 3P adjustable 19077 4P 19076 4P adjustable 19078 125A 3P 19077 4P 19078 19088 Rotary handle Padlocking accessory Type Part N o. Direct standard 19092 Extended standard, black 19088 Red handle 19089 yellow background Note: Not suitable for 1 & 2 pole devices Type Part N o. Pack of 4 19090 19090 Insulated sub-distribution terminal Type Part N o. Pack of 4 19091 19091 Screws and nuts for lug or bar connection Part N o. Pack of 4 19093 19093 19094 14813 Cable lugs Matching terminal for aluminium cable Comb busbar for NG125 and C120 Type Part N o. Pack of 4 19094 Pack of 4 19095 Type Part N o. 1P 14811 2P 14812 3P 14813 4P 14814 Tooth shield end (set of 20) 14818 109

P25M motor protection circuit breaker Ratings: 0.1-25A BS EN 60947-2 Installation Symmetrical DIN rail Technical data Phase failure sensitive Temperature compensation: -20 0 C to +40 0 C in enclosure Current ratings (In): 0.1-25A Voltage ratings (Ue): 690Vac Breaking capacity: BS EN 60947-2 P25M circuit breaker Rating (A) 0.16 to 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 14 18 23 25 Voltage (V) 230,240 400,415 440 500 690 Icu in ka 50 50 Ics in % 100 100 Icu in ka 15 15 15 15 Ics in % 50 50 40 40 Icu in ka 50 15 8 8 6 6 Ics in % self protected 100 100 50 50 50 50 Icu in ka 50 10 6 6 4 4 Ics in % 100 100 75 75 75 75 Icu in ka Operating cycles: 100,000 AC3 Positive contact indication in accordance with BS7671 Width: 2.5 SP ways (45mm) Cable capacity: min 2 x 1mm 2 rigid, max. 2 x 6mm 2 flexible Approvals: CEBEC, DEMKO, NEMKO, SEMKO, F1 Accessories: see page 112 Technical data: see page 144 Rating Settings Part N o. In (A) 0.16 0.1-0.16 21100 0.25 0.16-0.25 21101 0.40 0.25-0.40 21102 0.63 0.40-0.63 21103 1.0 0.63-1.0 21104 1.6 1.0-1.6 21105 2.5 1.6-2.5 21106 4.0 2.5-4.0 21107 6.3 4.0-6.3 21108 10 6.0-10 21109 14 9.0-14 21110 18 13-18 21111 23 17-23 21112 25 20-25 21113 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Ics in % 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 Limiter block Increases the breaking capacity to 100kA up to 415V. Individual mounting (upstream) or on the terminal block part n o. 21144. Width in Rating Part 18mm (A) N o. SP ways 2.5 63 21115 Connection: tunnel terminal for flexible cable up to 25mm 2 Dimensions: see page 175 21115 110

P25M motor protection circuit breaker Auxiliaries Auxiliary combination O+F F+F / / F+F O+F O+F / F+F 21118 SD P 2 5 M P 2 5 M MX / MN Remote indication: Position: O+F contact indicates ON or OFF position of the P25M F+F contact double contact for ON position Position + alarm indicator: with red flag trip indicator: F+SD.O - ON position + OFF fault indication O+SD.O - OFF position + OFF fault indication F+SD.F - ON position + ON fault indication O+SD.F - OFF position + ON fault indication Technical data Voltage Position (OF) Fault (SD) Ue Vac (A) (A) 24 1.5 48 6 1 130 4.5 0.5 240 3.3 0.3 415 2.2 440 1.5 Vdc DC 13 DC 13 24 6 1 48 5 0.3 60 3 0.15 110 1.3 0 0.5 Connection by terminal clamp: Min.: rigid cables 2 x 1mm 2 Max.: flexible cables 2 x 2.5mm 2 Flexible cable with cable end 2 x 1.5mm 2 Width in 18mm Part N o. SP ways 0.5 Contact position O+F 21117 0.5 Contact position F+F 21116 43 31 43 33 44 32 44 34 21117 21116 Width in 18mm Part N o. SP ways 0.5 Position+alarm contact F+SD.F 21118 0.5 Position+alarm contact O+SD.F 21119 0.5 Position+alarm contact F+SD.O 21120 0.5 Position+alarm contact O+SD.O 21121 95 53 95 51 96 54 96 52 21120 21121 97 53 97 51 98 54 98 52 21118 21119 21127 Remote tripping MX shunt trip release: trips the P25M when energised MN undervoltage release: trips the P25M when the voltage supply drops (between 35% and 75%) and prevents reclosing until the supply voltage is restored Power consumption of releases: AC DC (VA) (W) MX Pick up 14 10 Hold 5 1.6 MN Hold 3.5 1.1 Connection by terminal clamp Min.: rigid cables 2 x 1mm 2 Max.: flexible cables up to 2 x 2.5mm 2 Flexible cable with cable end 2 x 1.5mm 2 Width Voltage Frequency Part N o. 18mm (V) (Hz) SP ways MX shunt trip release 1 0.240 50 21127 380.415 50 21128 Width Voltage Frequency Part N o. 18mm (V) (Hz) SP ways MN under voltage release 1 0.240 50 21129 380.415 50 21130 111

P25M motor protection circuit breaker Accessories P25M insulated enclosure (Surface mounting). Can incorporate 1 x P25M with 1 x auxiliary contact and 1 x shunt or UVR release with earth and neutral terminals. Degree of protection: IP55 Double insulation Sealable cover Indicator lamp can be installed on the front to indicate the ON or OFF position 4 knock outs for cable gland Ø 16mm Dimensions: see page 175 Part N o. Enclosure 21133 21133 Neon indicator light 0-240V green 21140 red 21142 Neon indicator light 380-440V green 21141 red 21143 Comb busbars P25M 3 Poles 63A Power supply for several P25M up to 63A. Comb busbar versions 2 or 4 outlets and the possibility of combining comb busbar. Auxiliary contacts can be installed between the P25Ms. Comb busbar Part N o. For 2 P25M units 21145 For 4 P25M units 21146 21146 21145 Terminal block For supply of busbars with cables up to 25mm 2 (can be installed with limiter block). Part N o. End cover (pack of 5) 21148 Terminal block 21144 21144 Insulated connector To supply comb busbars or P25M directly with cables up to 25mm 2. Part N o. Insulated connector 21147 21147 112

Connection systems Section five Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies 114 Mulitclip busbar and Polybloc 116 Comb busbars 117 Terminals and installation accessories 118-119 113

Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies PS type single phase PS type three phase MGAN6PS Application for PS type single phase and neutral (No neutral switching facility) All pan assemblies incorporate the unique Isobar MCB way disconnector feature, which offers the user the highest levels of safety through electrical isolation of unused ways. The SN range of pan assemblies is designed to suit single pole applications, where switching and protection of the neutral is unnecessary. Each pan assembly is comprised of a flat steel base incorporating DIN rail, incoming and outgoing busbar assembly with neutral and earth terminal bars. They can be easily incorporated into custom built enclosure systems. Technical data for PS pan assemblies Standards: BS EN 60439-1 and 3 Busbar rating: 125A Operating Voltage: 230/240V also suitable for 110Vac operation Frequency: 50Hz Incomers: As A type distribution boards, see page 00 Note: All Merlin Gerin 2 pole RCDs are available for use as incomers to PS pan assemblies. Outgoers: SP C60H MCBs, SP C60H RCBO, C60H MCB & vigi combination SP ways Part N o. 6 MGAN6PS 9 MGAN9PS 12 MGAN12PS 15 MGAN15PS Application for PS pan assemblies (No neutral switching facility) The PS range of three phase pan assemblies is designed to suit applications where switching and protection of the neutral is deemed unnecessary. Each pan assembly is fully insulated incorporating DIN rail, incoming and outgoing busbar assembly. They can be easily and quickly incorporated into custom built enclosure systems. PS pan assemblies are designed for use with SP and TP C60H MCB, and are also suitable for two pole two phase equipment. Technical data Standards: BS EN 60439-1 and 3 Busbar rating: 250A Operating Voltage: 400/415V Frequency: 50Hz Incomers: MGI1253, MGNPB250TB, PS pan assemblies can utilise Multi 9, 3 or 4 pole devices as incomers - additional shroud must be used - ref. 80011 Outgoers: SP C60H MCB, SP C60H RCBO TP C60H MCB SP C60H MCB and Vigi combination TP C60H MCB and Vigi combination MGBN8PS TP ways Part N o. 4 MGBN4PS 6 MGBN6PS 8 MGBN8PS 12 MGBN12PS 16 MGBN16PS 18 MGBN18PS 24 MGBN24PS 114

Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies Type E MGBN8E Application This range of pan assemblies is designed for use with Merlin Gerin s high quality Prisma range of enclosures or custom built steelwork. Each pan assembly includes all components necessary for final distribution and protection of circuits, i.e. steel fixing plate, DIN rail busbar assembly, incoming connections, neutral and earth bars distributed neutral busbar for switched neutral applications. The Prisma functional system enables the construction of a full range of distribution equipment products from wall mounted enclosures to IP55 floor mounted switch boards having busbar systems up to 3200A. Functional system Prisma G, GX for wall mounted enclosures and functional system Prisma P for floor standing enclosures publication ref. MGD 5064 Technical data Standards: BS EN 60439-1 and 3 Busbar rating: 250A Operating Voltage: 400/415V Frequency: 50Hz Incomers: Switch disconnectors: 3 pole 125A MGI1253N 4 pole 125A MGI1254 Terminal block: 125A MGTB1254 250A MGNPB250TB RCDs: 16261, 23213, 237 for details see page 74 For MCCBs and switch disconnectors up to 250A use connection kit MSIS95AN Outgoers: 1, 2, 3 or 4P C60H MCBs, C60H RCBO, C60 MCB and Vigi combinations Note: All 4 pole RMG RCDs can be used as incomers. Other incoming devices may be used by separately mounting them into the Prisma cubicle. To install in prisma G use sp or kit MGBNSPA TP ways Front cover Part N o. Part N o. coloured black sliders sliders 4 - MGBN4E MGBN4EV 6 07795P MGBN6E MGBN6EV 8 07796P MGBN8E MGBN8EV 12 07797P MGBN12E MGBN12EV 16 07798P MGBN16E MGBN16EV 18 - MGBN18E MGBN18EV 24 07799P MGBN24E MGBN24EV MGBN8EV MGI1254 NKIT 115

Mulitclip busbar and Polybloc PD390661 Application A fast, reliable and maintenance free method of connecting outgoing circuits. Each connection is made in a spring front accessed connection rated at 40A. Contact pressure of the spring is automatically adjusted to suit the cross sections of the conductor. Technical details Voltage rating: 440V Current rating: 200A at 40 C Incoming connection: direct by cable lugs, connectors or flexible bars Outgoing connection: Provides reliable, maintenance free electrical connecting independent of heat variations Rapid connection and reconnection after modification Automatic spring connections 12 connection points for each phase and 18/or neutral Cable capacity 10mm 2 max (supplied with 24 connections), 52A max. current rating per connection Fixing: On Multifix rails (fixing brackets included) By screws on all standard supports Type Part N o. 2P Phase and Neutral 04012 3P 04013 4P 3 Phase and Neutral 04014 Symmetrical DIN rail L = 2000 Part N o. th = 2.3; h = 15 06603 Asymetrical rail L = 2000 Part N o. th = 1.5; h = 15 06602 Multifix DIN rail (Merlin Gerin patent). Multifix (length 470mm) Rail only, drilled on each end 03004 With two fixed height mounting brackets 03001 With two adjustable height mounting brackets 03002 Polybloc 250A A distribution block patented by Merlin Gerin for wire to wire connections, it consists of: Outgoing 6 x 10mm 2 and 3 x 16mm 2 cables per phase Part N o. Polybloc 3P 04033 Polybloc 4P 04034 PD390549 Short circuit withstand current This table indicates the short circuit withstand current (in ka rms) for various combinations of upstream and downstream devices on a 380/415V installation. Downstream device Short circuit withstand current (in ka rms), depending on upstream device C120 NG125 NS100 NS160 NS250 C60H (10kA) C120 (15kA) Other devices - - (1) N 25 25 (1) H 36 25 (1) N 25 25 (1) H 30 40 (1) (1) Check that the peak short circuit current, limited by the downstream device, is lower than 12kA. Check that the thermal stress delivered by the downstream device does not exceed the permissible thermal stress of the 6mm cable (4.76 x 105 A 2 s). L 30 40 (1) N 25 - (1) H 30 - (1) L 30 - (1) N 25 - (1) H 30 - (1) L 30 - (1) 116

Comb busbars, connectors and assembled terminals Application for Comb busbar C60H When fed by a single cable per phase the busbar is rated 100A at 40 C. If two connections (i.e. two cables) are used per phase the rating is increased to 120A. Short circuit rating compatible with the breaking capacity of the MCBs fitted. Short time ratings: 10kA for 30ms, 1800A for 1 second. Suitable for use with all Merlin Gerin MCBs with 18mm width poles (C60HB/HC/HD). 14881 Technical data Rated operational voltage 500V. Complies with BS EN 60439-1 Fully insulated for protection against direct contact Supplied with insulated end covers Main connection: 16mm 2 direct 25mm 2 via connectors part n o. 14885 Type suitable for C60H and STI Part N o. 1P 1 row of 12-1P MCBs (12) 14881 1 row of 54-1P MCBs (54) 14801 2 row of 24-1P MCBs (24) 14891 2P 1 row of 6-2P MCBs (6) 14882 1 row of 27-2P MCBs (27) 14802 2 row of 12-2P MCBs (24) 14892 3P 1 row of 4-3P MCBs (4) 148 1 row of 18-3P MCBs (18) 14803 2 row of 8-3P MCBs (16) 14893 4P 1 row of 3-4P MCBs (3) 14884 1 row of 13-4P MCBs (13) 14804 2 row of 6-4P MCBs (12) 14894 Cable connectors - pack of 4 14885 Type suitable for DPN Part N o. 1P+N 1 row of 13 MCBs 14880 2 row of 12-24 MCBs 14890 Type suitable for C120 NG125 Part N o. 1P 16 MCBs 14811 2P 8 MCBs 14812 3P 5 MCBs 14813 4P 4 MCBs 14814 Set of 20 boots for unused teeth 14818 Accessories Part N o. Set of 40 ends caps for 1P and 2P combs 14886 for 3P and 4P combs 14887 Set of 40 boots for unused teeth 14888 13514 Stepped terminals 125/140A (40 C) Installation Clipping on to Multifix or symmetrical rails Screwing on to plain or slotted plates, Multifix rails or asymmetrical rails Terminals with holes 125A Isc (ka rms) 415V Part N o. 4 x 10 holes 3.5kA/1s 13512 (5 x 10 mm 2 ) + (4 x 16 mm 2 ) + (1 x 35 mm 2 ) 4 x 17holes 3.5kA/1s 13514 (8 x 10 mm 2 ) + (8 x 16 mm 2 ) + (1 x 35 mm 2 ) Terminals with clamps 10kA/1s 14949 140A 4 x 12 holes (12 clamps 6 mm 2 ) 07105 Distribloc 125 and 160A 4 pole distribution block comprising: A fully insulated, one piece distribution system complying with IPXXB (protection against direct contact) A modular cover designed for a 45mm panel slot for integration in a row of DIN rail mounted modular products Technical data Ui = 690V, Icw = 4.5kA/1s to IEC947-7-1 Peak withstand current: Ipk = 20kA to IEC439-1 Rated impulse withstand voltage: Uimp = 8kV Type Part N o. Distribloc 125 07105 Distribloc 160 07106 35mm 2 x 210 07054 4 flexible connections Cable capacity Distribloc 125 Incoming 6-35mm 2 flexible or 10-35mm 2 rigid cables Distribloc 160 Incoming Flexible cable links fitted to device Distribloc 125 & 160 Outgoing Per pole: 2 x 10mm 2 3 x 6mm 2 7 x 4mm 2 1 x 25mm 2 (16mm 2 multicore) 117

Terminals and installation accessories Terminal blocks For fixing to symmetrical DIN rails. 1P and 2P blocks can be fitted together to form 3P and 4P blocks. Technical data Current rating: 80A Type Part N o. 1P (2 x 25mm 2 + 4 x 16mm 2 ) 14936 1P (2 x 35mm 2 + 4 x 25mm 2 ) 14938 2P (2 x 25mm 2 + 4 x 16mm 2 ) 14937 2P (2 x 35mm 2 + 4 x 25mm 2 ) 14939 Terminal blocks Connection strips Connection strips 80-125A (40 C) Cross section for stranded cables. Each strip has one M4 threaded hole for screw attachment to any support. 80A connection strip Part N o. 4 holes 14962 (2 x 10mm 2 + 2 x 16mm 2 ) length 32mm 6 holes 14963 (3 x 10mm 2 + 2 x 16mm 2 + 1 x 35mm 2 ) length 50mm 10 holes 14964 (5 x 10mm 2 + 4 x 16mm 2 + 1 x 35mm 2 ) length 74mm 125A connection strip 14 holes 14965 (7 x 10mm 2 + 6 x 16 mm 2 + 1 x 35mm 2 ) length 98mm Terminal block supports Terminal block supports Terminal block support made of self extinguishing insulating material: 960 C/5s. Beige in colour. Each support can be individually identified using clip-on markers (optional): Blue for neutral Yellow/green for earth Fixing: Clipped on to: 12 x 2 flat bar Multifix or symmetrical rail Screwed on to any support (plain or slotted plate) using 2 ears Cross section for stranded cables Part N o. 80A terminal block 4 holes 14975 (2 x 10mm 2 + 2 x 16mm 2 ) length 68mm 6 holes 14976 (3 x 10mm 2 + 2 x 16mm 2 + 1 x 35mm 2 ) length 68mm 10 holes 14977 (5 x 10mm 2 + 4 x 16mm 2 + 1 x 35mm 2 ) length 115mm 125A terminal block 14 holes 14979 (7 x 10mm 2 + 6 x 16mm 2 + 1 x 35 mm 2 ) length 115mm Identification card The markers can be used to identify terminal blocks: neutral or earth. Type Part N o. 2 x 50 identification card 14989 (50 blue mark, 50 yellow/green mark) Flat bar 12 x 2 07046 14989 Terminal bars Terminal bar for earth/neutral connections For panel mounting Including support Current rating 200A Type Part N o. For panel mounting 1 x 20 holes, length 1mm (19 x 16 2 + 1 x 120 2 ) 99217 1 x 25 holes, length 2mm (24 x 16 2 + 1 x 120 2 ) 99219 1 x 38 holes, length 332mm (37 x 16 2 + 1 x 120 2 ) 991 1 x 49 holes, length 419mm (48 x 16 2 + 1 x 120 2 ) 993 1 x 73 holes, length 624mm (72 x 16+1 x 120 2 ) 995 118

Terminals and installation accessories End stop For symmetrical/asymmetrical DIN rail. Type Part N o. End stop (pack of 10) 14915 14915 Universal terminal support This unit can be installed on: Symmetrical DIN rail Slotted mounting plate Asymmetrical DIN raii width: 3 modules of 9mm Type Part N o. Universal terminal support 6619 (pack of 5) 06619 Flush mounting clamp Allows the installation of all DlN standard devices on an enclosure door. The depth is adjustable by turning the bracket round. DIN rail not included. Type Part N o. Flush mounting clamp (pack of 4) 20267 20267 99246B Transparent hinged weatherproof covers for enclosure doors - IP55 Allows the installation of DlN standard devices up to 10 SP ways (twenty 9mm modules) on an enclosure door. Degree of protection IP55. External dimensions (mm): w 235 x h 126 x d 33 Dimensions of the hole on the door (mm): w 186 x h 96 Supplied with a blanking plate (to cover up to ten 9mm modules) and fixing and drilling template. Type Part N o. Transparent hinged cover (10 x 18mm ways) 14210 DIN rail support 14211 (and fixing) Transparent hinged cover (4 x 18mm ways) 99246A Transparent hinged cover complete with DIN support bracket (4 x 18mm ways) 99246B Card strip holder Self adhesive plastic holder for card label strip. 430mm/479mm modules wide, 20mm high. Supplied with card strip and transparent cover strip. Type Part N o. Card strip holder 07360 Pack of 10 holders and 10 card strips 07360 119

Enclosures Features and benefits Merlin Gerin s range of enclosures has been designed to cater for a wide range of applications, suitable for the mounting of DIN rail components such as timers, relays, contactors, MCBs etc. Whether the enclosure is for indoors or outdoors use, in a clean or dirty environment, in metal or insulated material, with a plain or transparent door, Merlin Gerin has an enclosure to suit. Page 132-133 features a quick selection table, designed to guide you through the product range to select the most suitable enclosure. High levels of safety Tamperproof facility via a lockable option (where applicable) Transparent door option (where applicable) enables quick identification of status and settings, useful for MCBs and timers etc Performance and quality Ingress protection ratings available from IP30 through to IP66 Insulated or metal enclosures suitable for the mounting of DIN rail devices, ranging from 2 up to 240 SP ways Enclosures supplied complete with accessories (see relevant product information for further details) Product innovation Design flexibility of modular or custom chassis enables the user to tailor internal fittings to the application Aesthetically pleasing 120

Enclosures Section six Mini Opale IP30 124 G9 IP30 124 A-series IP30 124 B-series IP31 125 Pragma C IP40 126 Pragma metal IP41 127 UT weatherproof IP54 128 Prisma GK IP55 129 Pragma C weatherproof IP55 130 Kaedra weatherproof IP65 131 UP weatherproof IP66 132 121

Enclosures Selection guide Step 1: Select the number of SP ways required Step 2: Select either insulated or metal, Enclosure capacity in 18mm SP ways Insulated Page 2 3 4 5 6 8 11 12 14 Mini Opale IP30 124 1 Row 1 Row 1 Row 1 Row Pragma C IP40 126 1 Row Weatherproof Pragma C IP55 130 1 Row Weatherproof Kaedra IP65 131 1 Row 1 Row 1 Row 1 Row 1 Row Weatherproof UP (GRP) IP66 132 Metal Page Enclosure capacity in 18mm SP ways 2 3 4 5 6 8 11 12 14 G9 IP30 124 1 Row 1 Row 1 Row A-Series enclosure IP30 124 1 Row 1 Row 1 Row B-Series enclosure IP31 125 Pragma IP30/41 127 Weatherproof UT IP54 128 Prisma GK IP55 129 1

Enclosures Selection guide Step 3: Select IP rating required, Step 4: Refer to the product page for more details. 17 24 28 34 36 48 51 68 72 85 88 96 112 120 144 240 2 Rows 3 Rows 4 Rows 2 Rows 3 Rows 4 Rows 2 Rows 3 Rows 4 Rows 4 Rows 6 Rows 17 24 28 34 36 48 51 68 72 85 88 96 112 120 144 240 1 Row 2 Row 2 Row 3 Row 4 Row 5 Row 1 Row 2 Row 3 Row 4 Row 5 Row 6 Row 2 Row 3 Row 4 Row 4 Row 6 Row 2 Row 3 Row 4 Row 5 Row 6 Row 123

Enclosures IP30 13396 Mini Opale enclosures (IP30) Mini Opale enclosures are all insulated and made of an impact resistant material which is self extinguishing to 650 0 C. Degree of protection: IP30 They consist of: An insulated back plate incorporating a DlN rail A cover clipped to the back plate Two 4 hole terminal bars built in, 13396 and 13398 only. (1 X 16mm 2 + 3 X 10mm 2 ) Installation Wall mounting, 2 or 4 screws supplied. Dimensions: see page 189 SP Size (mm) Part N o. 18mm H - W - D ways 2 130 x 44 x 57 13392 4 130 x 80 x 57 13394 6 160 x 119 x 65 13396 8 160 x 155 x 65 13398 Suitable for most DlN standard devices G9 enclosures (IP30) These enclosures are made from pressed sheet steel, epoxy powder coated. Colour: moonstone beige. Degree of protection: IP30. They consist of: A back plate with DlN raii A cover, screwed to the back plate, having 25mm knockouts top and bottom Installation Wall mounting Dimensions: see page 189 SP Size (mm) Part N o. 18mm H - W - D ways 3 200 x 101 x 63 99560 4 250 x 1.5 x 63 14599 5 250 x 1.5 x 63 14603 Suitable for most DlN standard devices MGN16DE A-series enclosures (IP30) These enclosures are made from folded steel sheet, epoxy powder coated. Colour: RAL 9001. Degree of protection: IP30. They consist of: An enclosure having a back plate with DlN rail 25mm knockouts in top, bottom, sides and rear of enclosure built-in earth terminal bar: A cover having a drop down door with plastic latch. To lock enclosure use easily fitted key lock MGBL Installation Wall mounting Dimensions: see page 164 SP N o. of Size (mm) Part N o. 18mm holes H - W - D ways 8 9 264 x 260 x 127 MGN16DE 11 12 264 x 315 x 127 MGNDE 14 18 264 x 370 x 127 MGN28DE 17 24 264 x 450 x 127 MGN34DE 28 36 494 x 370 x 127 MGN56DE* Suitable for most DlN standard devices * Two tier Accessories Key lock MGBL 124

Enclosures B-series IP31 Application These enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. They may be mounted individually or attached to the side of an MGB board of equivalent height using the side joining kit MGBNSJK. For mounting above and below a standard B board use ref MGBNTJKN. MGBN8SXP Specification Ingress protection: IP31 to BS EN 60529 Earth bar capacity: 25mm 2 Surface mounting Colour: RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated MGBN8SXS Supplied with DIN rail, door and slotted front cover Part N o. Capacity N o. of Dimensions in mm in 18mm rows Height Width Depth SP ways MGBN4SXS 34 2 484 470 158 MGBN8SXS 34 2 538 470 158 MGBN12SXS 51 3 700 470 158 MGBN16SXS 68 4 808 470 158 MGBN24SXS 85 5 970 470 158 MGBN8SXP Supplied with DIN rail, door and plain front cover Part N o. Capacity N o. of Dimensions in mm in 18mm rows Height Width Depth SP ways MGBN4SXP 34 2 484 470 158 MGBN8SXP 34 2 538 470 158 MGBN12SXP 51 3 700 470 158 MGBN16SXP 68 4 808 470 158 MGBN24SXP 85 5 970 470 158 Suitable for most DIN standard devices Installation Wall mounting Dimensions: see page 169 125

Enclosures Pragma C IP40 Application These enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. Colour: ivory (RAL9001) Available with either a plain or transparent door, these enclosures are supplied complete with the following: 10901 10912 2 angled terminal block supports 1 earth terminal block without cover: 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal bar (8 x 10mm 2 + 8 x 16mm 2 ) 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with hole terminal bar (11 x 10mm 2 + 11 x 16mm 2 ) 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal bar (16 x 10mm 2 + 16 x 16mm 2 ) 1 neutral terminal block with blue cover: 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal bar (8 x 10mm 2 + 8 x 16mm 2 ) 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with hole terminal bar (11 x 10mm 2 + 11 x 16mm 2 ) 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal bar (16 x 10mm 2 + 16 x 16mm 2 ) Identification labels and pictograms 5 module dividable blanking plates: 12 way enclosure supplied with 1 24 way enclosure supplied with 2 36 and 48 way enclosure supplied with 3 10903 10914 Supplied with plain door Part N o. Capacity N o. of Dimensions in mm in 18mm rows Height Width Depth SP ways 10901 12 1 250 275 115 10902 24 2 375 275 115 10903 36 3 500 275 115 10904 48 4 752 275 115 Supplied with transparent door Part N o. Capacity N o. of Dimensions in mm in 18mm rows Height Width Depth SP ways 10911 12 1 250 275 115 10912 24 2 375 275 115 10913 36 3 500 275 115 10914 48 4 752 275 115 Suitable for most DIN standard devices Additional accessories Description Part N o. 80A terminal block, 4 holes 13575 80A terminal block, 8 holes 13576 80A terminal block, 16 holes 13577 80A terminal block, holes 13578 80A terminal block, 32 holes 13579 IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 4 & 8 hole 13582 IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 16, & 32 hole 135 IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 4 & 8 hole 13584 IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 16, & 32 hole 13585 IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 4 & 8 hole 13586 IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 16, & 32 hole 13587 Angled terminal block support 13600 Key lock 13665 Set of 4 wall mounting hooks 14181 Installation Wall mounting Dimensions: for more detailed dimensions, see page 191 126

Enclosures Pragma metal IP41 13811 + 13841 Installation Wall mounted with internal fixing and location brackets Compact NS/Interpact incomers Purpose designed mounting plates and front plates to accept Compact NS or Interpact up to 160A Each Interpact front plate occupies the space of 2 MCB front plates Each Compact NS occupies the space of 1 MCB front plate Terminals A range of terminals and connections to ease installation Accessories A range of accessories to extend the applications for Pragma enclosures Description Part N o. Interpact IN125T - IN160T mounting plate and front plate 13861 Compact NS / VIGI NS 100 / 160 mounting plate and front plate 13863 160A connection blocks (fits onto incoming units) 13875 Earth/neutral terminal blocks (2 x 30 hole)* 13876 Connections to install POLYBLOC on incoming unit 13866 Plain front plate (1 row) 13871 Slotted mounting plate (H 150mm) 13864 Blanking plate 24 pole 13430 Label strip 24 pole 13879 Door lock key No. 405 13877 Touch up paint RAL 9001 13880 Pack of blanking strip 5 pole 13429 Metal gland plate PRGPM * 13876 complete with insulated holders, insulated cover each bar has 1 x 35mm, 15 x 16mm, 14 x 10mm holes. Application These enclosures are manufactured from sheet metal 8/10 epoxy/polyester powder coated. They are supplied complete with DIN mounting rails and insulated front plates. Degree of protection is IP30 with front plates, IP41 with overall door. They consist of: A back plate which supports a removable DlN rail chassis which is also insulated from the back plate Removable top and bottom insulated gland plates (metal plates are an option) Metal side panels which are insulated from the back plate Insulated front plates, one for each row of DlN rail Earth and neutral terminal bars, each 30 holes Way label for each row, with blanking plates (8 poles for 1, 2, 3 rows - 16 poles for 4, 5, 6 rows) Optional plain door or glazed door which may be hinged left or right Enclosure N o. of Capacity Part N o. Part N o. door rows in 18mm enclosure plain glazed SP ways 1 24 13811 13841 13851 2 48 13812 13842 13852 3 72 13813 13843 13853 4 96 13814 13844 13854 5 120 13815 13845 13855 6 144 13816 13846 13856 Suitable for most DlN standard devices Dimensions All Pragma enclosures are 550mm wide, depth 170mm, with front plates 182mm with overall door Height mm 1 row 300 2 row 450 3 row 600 4 row 750 5 row 900 6 row 1050 127

Enclosures UT weatherproof IP54 Weatherproof enclosure Application There are 4 - M8 x 20 bolts at the back of the enclosure to fix mounting plates or chassis. Both plain and perforated mounting plates are available. Custom chassis allow rapid fixing of symmetrical DIN rail mounted devices. It comprises of 2 vertical rails fitted to the back of the enclosure, the DIN rails are fitted at the required positions. Modular chassis (common to the UT and UP enclosures) comprise a supporting structure, symmetrical DIN rails with adjustable depth, plastic front plates with built in identification. UT weatherproof enclosures: All welded construction, manufactured from 1.2mm sheet steel, epoxy/polyester powder coated Colour: RAL 7032 grey Degree of protection: IP54 to IEC 529. Wall fixing by internal or external fixings. The door is removable and is sealed using a moulded polyurethane gasket. A bottom gland plate is fitted, fully gasketed and removable from the outside Enclosures Enclosure size (mm) UT range Internal fittings Mounting plates Height Width Depth With Plain Perforated plain door 300 400 500 600 700 800 1000 250 300 400 400 500 600 800 Accessories 150 200 200 200 200 250 250 045 04584 04585 04586 04587 04588 04590 09231 09234 09238 09239 09240 09244 09248 Set of wall fixing lugs (external) 04629 Handle with barrel + 2 keys 405 05196 Earth connection 6mm 2 for door 07081 RAL7032 aerosol paint spray 02499 Blanking plate for Multi 9 front plate 13730 Set of 4 - M8 x 50 spacers for custom chassis and mounting plates 054 Set of 4 - M6 x 12 screws and nuts to fix DIN rails in custom chassis 09917 20 cage nuts for M4 05114 perforated mounting plate M5 05115 M6 05116 09211 09214 09218 09219 090 094 098 Custom chassis 4 Multifix rails 09263 09264 09264 09265 09266 09268 Vertical uprights 09251 09252 09253 09254 09255 09257 Modular chassis Rows of 18mm SP ways 2 x 12 3 x 16 3 x 16 4 x 4 x 28 6 x 36 Chassis complete 02524 02525 02526 02527 02528 02530 Dimensions: see page 192 128

Enclosures Prisma GK IP55 Application Heavy Duty enclosure suitable for use in harsh environments. Ideal for use in Industrial & Commercial buildings these enclosures offer the following: Functionality (ease & simplicity of product selection) Sealed from the effects of water and dust to IP55 Extendible (enclosures can be joined or extended by the use of joining kits) Robust (high resistance to impacts & mechanical damage) 05503 + 05543 These enclosures are wall mountable, up to 23x50mm Prisma modules, or floor standing for 27 and 33x50mm Prisma modules using a plinth. They are available with either a plain or transparent door and can be used to house devices up to 630A with standard connections. Colour: RAL 9001. For other colours consult Merlin Gerin. Degree of protection: IP55 Part N o s. Enclosure Plain door Transparent door Enclosure (7 mod.), H450 x W600 05502 05532 05542 Enclosure (11 mod.), H650 x W600 05503 05533 05543 Enclosure (15 mod.), H850 x W600 05504 05534 05544 Enclosure (19 mod.), H1050 x W600 05505 05535 05545 Enclosure (23 mod.), H1250 x W600 05506 05536 05546 Enclosure (27 mod.), H1450 x W600 05507 05537 05547 Enclosure (33 mod.), H1750 x W600 05508 05538 05548 Description Part N o. Canopy for W600 - for extra protection against water or objects falling vertically 05557 Prisma GK handle - spare handle with barrel lock and two keys 05580 For further information and a comprehensive list of the full GK range see the Prisma G Catalogue. For information on joining/extending enclosures consult us. Ordering guide Select the number of device mounting rails (Multifix rails) required for mounting Multi 9 devices: (24 x 18mm SP ways) Rail Front Plate (with cutouts) 1 row occupies 4 vertical modules (200mm). 07501 07814 Select the number of Mulifix rails required for mounting terminal blocks: Rail Front Plate 1 row occupies 3 vertical modules (150mm). 07502 07813 Add the number of vertical modules required for the installed equipment using the above guidelines and subtract this number from the number of modules provided in the selected enclosure. This will give you the plain front plate requirements for the unused modules in the enclosure. Use the following table to order plain front plates: for B type pan assemblies see page xx Plain Flat Front Plate Height Mods. Part N o. 50mm 1 7801 100mm 2 7802 150mm 3 7803 200mm 4 7804 250mm 5 7805 300mm 6 7806 Example Modules 3 x 7501 Rows for Multi 9 devices, 72 x 18mm SP Ways 12 3 x 7814 3 Front Plates with cut outs for Multi 9 devices 2 x 7502 2 Rows for Terminal Blocks 6 2 x 7803 2 Front Plates 05505 Basic Enclosure (19 mod.), H1050 x W600 19 05535 Plain door for 19 mod enclosure Total space remaining within the enclosure 1 Therefore the Filler Plates required would be: 1 x 7801 1 x 1 mod (50mm) Plain Front Plate Dimensions: see page 193 129

Enclosures Pragma C weatherproof IP55 Application These enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. 10941 Suitable for use in harsh environments they can be used indoors or outdoors. Colour: light grey (RAL 7035) These enclosures are supplied complete with the following: 2 angled terminal block supports 1 earth terminal block without cover: 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal bar (8 x 10mm 2 + 8 x 16mm 2 ) 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with hole terminal bar (11 x 10mm 2 + 11 x 16mm 2 ) 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal bar (16 x 10mm 2 + 16 x 16mm 2 ) 1 neutral terminal block with blue cover: 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal bar (8 x 10mm 2 + 8 x 16mm 2 ) 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with hole terminal bar (11 x 10mm 2 + 11 x 16mm 2 ) 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal bar (16 x 10mm 2 + 16 x 16mm 2 ) Identification labels and pictograms 5 module dividable blanking plates: 12 way enclosure supplied with 1 24 way enclosure supplied with 2 36 and 48 way enclosure supplied with 3 Supplied with transparent door Part N o. Capacity N o. of Dimensions in mm in 18mm rows Height Width Depth SP ways 10941 12 1 279 285 127.5 10942 24 2 404 285 127.5 10943 36 3 529 285 127.5 10944 48 4 654 285 127.5 Suitable for most DIN standard devices Additional accessories Description Part N o. 80A terminal block, 4 holes 13575 80A terminal block, 8 holes 13576 80A terminal block, 16 holes 13577 80A terminal block, holes 13578 80A terminal block, 32 holes 13579 IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 4 & 8 hole 13582 IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 16, & 32 hole 135 IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 4 & 8 hole 13584 IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 16, & 32 hole 13585 IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 4 & 8 hole 13586 IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 16, & 32 hole 13587 Angled terminal block support 13600 Key lock IP55 Pragma C 13625 Set of 4 wall mounting hooks 14181 Installation Wall mounting Dimensions: for more detailed dimensions, see page 194 130

Enclosures Kaedra weatherproof enclosure IP65 Application Kaedra enclosures are manufactured using an insulating, self extinguishing material. Suitable for commercial, industrial and domestic applications, for installation indoors and outdoors in harsh environments, ie marinas. Degree of protection: IP65 Colour: light grey (RAL 7035) 13441 These enclosures are supplied complete with the following: 1 built in dividable blanking plate 1 marker strip 4 sealing plugs for wall mounting screws (essential for class 2) 1 angled terminal block support to simplify cable insertion and improve accessibility on clamping 1 terminal block fitted with a guide to simplify cable introduction in the tunnels: 13441-13443, two terminals of 4 holes 13444 two terminals of 8 holes Supplied with transparent door Part N o. Capacity N o. of Dimensions in mm in 18mm rows Height Width Depth SP ways 13441 4 1 200 123 112 13442 6 1 200 159 112 13443 8 1 200 195 112 13444 12 1 200 267 112 Suitable for most DIN standard devices Additional accessories Description Part N o. 80A terminal block, 4 holes 13575 80A terminal block, 8 holes 13576 80A terminal block, 16 holes 13577 80A terminal block holes 13578 Angled terminal block supports 4 way enclosure 13361 Angled terminal block supports 6 way enclosure 13362 Angled terminal block supports 8 way enclosure 13363 Angled terminal block supports 12 way enclosure 13364 IP2X terminal cover green 4 hole 13581 8 hole 13582 16/32 hole 135 IP2X terminal cover blue 4 hole 13589 8 hole 13586 16/32 hole 13587 Lock 13948 Sealing kit 13947 Bag of membrane glands (cable support sleeves) various sizes 14190 Installation Wall mounting Dimensions: for more detailed dimensions, see page 190 131

Enclosures Poylester UP weatherproof IP66 Application Weatherproof, maintenance free enclosures manufactured from high impact glass reinforced polyester material self extinguishing to 980 0 C and having excellent resistance to corrosion. Degree of protection IP66 to IEC 529. Wall mounting, door hinged left or right with internal wall fixings supplied as standard. Weatherproof enclosure There are 4 - M8 x 20 bolts at the back of the enclosure to fix mounting plates or chassis, both plain and perforated mounting plates are available. Custom chassis allow rapid fixing of symmetrical DIN rail mounted devices. It comprises of 2 vertical rails fitted to the back of the enclosure. The DIN rails are fitted at the required positions. Modular chassis (common to the UT enclosures) comprise a supporting structure, symmetrical DIN rails with adjustable depth, plastic front plates with built in identification and a 12 x 2 flat bar with earthing terminal block. Enclosures Enclosure size (mm) UP range Height Width Depth With With Variable plain glazed depth door door sliders Internal fittings Mounting plates Plain Perforated Custom chassis 4 Multifix rails Vertical uprights Modular chassis Rows of 18mm modules Chassis complete 430 530 650 750 850 1055 330 430 440 540 640 850 200 200 250 300 300 350 02504 02505 20506 02507 02508 02510 02514 02515 02516 02517 02518 02520 02554 02554 02556 02557 02557 02560 09234 038 09239 09240 09244 09248 09214 09218 09219 090 094 098 09263 09264 09264 09265 09266 09268 09251 09252 09253 09254 09255 09257 2 x 12 3 x 16 3 x 16 4 x 4 x 28 6 x 40 02524 02525 02526 02527 02528 02530 Accessories Part N o. Set of wall fixing lugs (external) 02521 Handle with barrel + 2 keys 405 not for 02510 and 02520 09955 Blanking plate for multi 9 front plate 13730 Set of 4 - M8 x 50 spacers for custom chassis and mounting plates 054 Set 8 - M6 x 12 screws and nuts to fix DIN rails in custom chassis 09917 20 cage nuts for perforated mounting plate M4 05114 M5 05115 M6 05116 132

Technical data Section seven Breaking capacities 134 Tripping characteristics 135 Temperature derating 136 Grouping factors 135-136 MCB on lighting loads 137 MCB auxiliaries 138-139 DC operation 140 400Hz operation 141 Motor starters 142 Transformer inrush 143 P25M motor protection 144 Types of RCD 145 Degrees of protection 146 Surge arrester selection 147-149 Contactor rating 150-151 Impulse relay selection 153 MIN and PRE timings 154 Movement detector 155-156 Presence detector 157-158 Multimeter connection 159 Current transformer selection 161 133

Miniature circuit breakers Breaking capacities Tripping characteristics Miniature circuit breaker BS EN 60898** BS EN 60947-2* (magnetic trip setting) Breaking capacity (A) Breaking capacity (A) 1 P 2,3,4P 1 P 2,3,4P 2,3,4P 2,3,4P Type Ratings (A) Page 240V 415V 0V/240V 0V/240V 380V/415V 440V C60HB MCB 1A - 63A 12/13 10,000 10,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000 (type B: 3-5In) C60HC MCB 1A - 63A 12/13 10,000 10,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000 (type C: 5-10In C60HD MCB 1A - 63A 12/13 10,000 10,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000 (type D: 10-14In) C120 HB MCB 10A - 125A 17 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000 C120 HC MCB 10A - 125A 18 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000 C120 HD MCB 10A - 125A 19 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000 NG125 N 10A - 125A 35 - - 25,000 50,000 25,000 20,000 NG125 H 10A - 80A 38 - - 36,000 70,000 36,000 30,000 * Breaking capacities quoted are Icu. Ics = 50% of Icu. ** Breaking capacities quoted are Icn. Ics = 75% of Icn. Note: For UL/CSA approved MCBs consult us. Maximum operating voltage 440V + 10% Magnetic tripping characteristics (50/60Hz) BS EN 60898 I EC947-2 Type In min. In max. Type In min. In max. Typical applications B 3 5 U 5.5 8.8 Moderately inductive, e.g. commercial and general industrial C 5 10 C 5 10 Highly inductive, e.g. heavy industrial D 10 14 D 10 14 More highly inductive, e.g transformers, motors and certain lighting systems Note: BS EN 60898 calibration temperature 30 C BS EN 60947-2 calibration temperature 40 C 134

Miniature circuit breakers Temperature derating/grouping factors Temperature derating of MCBs Miniature circuit beakers listed in the service current tables may be used at temperatures ranging from -30 C - 60 C. The tables show the maximum current to be employed as a function of certain ambient temperatures. Figures in bold type are the nominal current ratings at the calibration temperature. Derating of MCBs grouped in enclosed installations. When a number of circuit breakers or combined RCD/MCBs that operate simultaneously are mounted side by side in a small enclosure, the temperature rise inside the enclosure may cause a reduction in the service current. The reduction can be calculated by multiplying the maximum service current by a 'grouping factor'. Grouping factors C60HB C60HC C60HD } 0.8 C60H B and C curves Temperature C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 1 1.05 1.02 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.93 0.90 0.88 0.85 2 2.08 2.04 2.00 1.96 1.92 1.88 1.84 1.80 1.74 4 4.24 4.12 4.00 3.88 8.76 3.64 3.52 5.40 5.30 6 6.24 6.12 6.00 5.88 5.76 5.64 5.52 5.40 5.30 10 10.6 10.3 10.0 9.70 9.30 9.00 8.60 8.20 7.80 16 16.8 16.5 16.0 15.5 15.2 14.7 14.2 13.8 13.3 20 21.0 20.6 20.0 19.4 19.0 18.4 17.8 17.4 16.8 25 26.2 25.7 25.0 24.2 23.7 23.0.2 21.5 20.7 32 33.5 32.9 32.0 31.4 30.4 29.8 28.4 28.2 27.5 40 42.0 41.2 40.0 38.8 38.0 36.8 35.6 34.4 33.2 50 52.5 51.5 50.0 48.5 47.4 45.5 44.0 42.5 40.5 63 66.2 64.9 63.0 61.1 58.0 56.7 54.2 51.7 49.2 C60H D curve Temperature C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 1 1.10 1.08 1.05 1.03 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.92 0.89 2 2.18 2.14 2.08 2.04 2.00 1.96 1.90 1.86 1.80 4 4.52 4.40 4.24 4.12 4.00 3.88 3.72 3.56 3.44 6 6.48 6.36 6.24 6.12 6.00 5.88 5.76 5.58 5.46 10 11.4 11.1 10.7 10.4 10.0 9.60 9.20 8.80 8.40 16 17.9 17.4 16.9 16.4 16.0 15.5 15.0 14.4 13.9 20.2 21.6 21.2 20.6 20.0 19.4 18.8 18.2 17.6 25 27.7 27.0 26.5 25.7 25.0 24.2 23.5.7 21.7 32 35.2 34.2 33.6 32.9 32.0 31.0 30.4 29.4 28.4 40 44.4 43.6 42.4 41.2 40.0 38.8 37.6 36.4 34.8 50 56.0 54.5 53.0 51.5 50.0 48.5 46.5 45.0 43.0 63 71.8 69.9 67.4 65.5 63.0 60.4 57.9 55.4 52.9 DPN, DPN N Temperature C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 1 1.04 1.02 1 0.98 0.96 0.93 0.91 0.89 0.86 2 2.08 2.04 2 1.96 1.91 1.87 1.82 1.77 1.72 6 6.26 6.13 6 5.87 5.73 5.60 5.45 5.31 5.16 10 10.5 10.3 10 9.73 9.45 9.17 8.87 8.57 8.25 16 16.7 16.4 16 15.6 16.2 14.8 14.4 14 13.5 20 20.9 20.4 20 19.5 19 18.7 18 17.5 17 25 26.1 25.5 25 24.4 23.8 23.3.7.1 21.4 32 33.6 32.8 32 31.2 30.3 29.4 28.5 27.6 26.7 40 42 41 40 39 37.9 36.8 35.7 34.6 33.4 135

Miniature circuit breakers Temperature derating/grouping factors DPN Vigi, DPN N Vigi, (30 and 300mA) Temperature C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6 6.26 6.13 6 5.87 5.73 5.60 5.45 5.31 5.16 10 10.5 10.2 10 9.75 9.49 9.23 8.96 8.67 8.38 16 16.8 16.4 16 15.6 16.2 14.8 14.3 14.9 13.4 20 21 20.5 20 19.5 19 18.5 17.9 17.4 16.8 25 26.1 25.5 25 24.4 23.9 23.3.7.1 21.4 32 33.4 32.7 32 31.2 30.5 29.7 28.9 28 27.1 40 41.6 41.8 40 38.2 38.3 37.4 36.5 35.6 34.6 NG125 Temperature C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 10 11 10.75 10.5 10.25 10 9.75 9.5 9.25 9 16 17.6 17.2 16.8 16.4 16 15.6 15.2 14.8 14.4 20 21.5 21 20.5 20 19.5 19 18.5 18 25 27.5 26.87 26.25 25.62 25 24.37 23.75 23.12.5 32 35.2 34.4 33.6 32.8 32 31.2 30.4 29.6 28.8 40 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 50 55 53.75 52.5 51.25 50 48.75 47.5 46.25 45 63 69.3 67.72 66.15 64.57 63 61.42 59.85 58.27 56.7 80 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72 100 110 107.5 105 102.5 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 125 137.5 134.3 131.2 128.1 125 121.8 118.7 121.8 112.5 C120H Temperature C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 10 10.7 10.4 10 9.4 9.2 8.8 8.4 8.1 7.8 16 17.1 16.6 16 15 14.7 14 13.4 13 12.6 20 21.3 20.7 20 18.7 18.3 17.5 16.7 16 15.5 25 27.1 26 25 23.8.7 21.2 20.2 19.6 19 32 34.7 33.3 32 30.5 29 27.1 25.8 25 24.2 40 43 41.5 40 38 36 34 32 31 30 50 53.9 51.9 50 47.8 45.7 43.3 41 39.8 38.6 63 68 65.5 63 60 57 54 51 49.5 48 80 85 82.5 80 77 74 60.5 57 55.3 53.6 100 107 103.5 100 96 92 87.5 80.5 78 125 135 130 125 118.5 114 108 102 99 96 136

Miniature circuit breakers For use with lighting loads Table 1: fluorescent lighting Depending on the power supply and the number and types of lighting units, the table gives the circuit breaker rating based on the following assumptions: Installation in an enclosure with an ambient temperature of 25 C (derating coefficient = 0.8) Power of ballast: 25% of tube power Power factor: 0.6 for non-compensated fluorescent lighting. 0.86 for compensated fluorescent lighting Circuit breakers mounted in an enclosure with an ambient exterior temperature of 25 C: derating coefficient = 0.8. Single phase system: 230V Three phase + N system: 400V between phases Types of Power of Number of lighting units per phase lighting unit tubes (W) Single phase 18 4 9 29 49 78 98 1 157 196 245 309 392 490 non-compensated 36 2 4 14 24 39 49 61 78 98 1 154 196 245 58 1 3 9 15 24 30 38 48 60 76 95 121 152 Single phase 18 7 14 42 70 112 140 175 5 281 351 443 562 703 compensated 36 3 7 21 35 56 70 87 112 140 175 1 281 351 58 2 4 13 21 34 43 54 69 87 109 137 174 218 Two phase 2x18 = 36 3 7 21 35 56 70 87 112 140 175 1 281 351 compensated 2x36 = 72 1 3 10 17 28 35 43 56 70 87 110 140 175 2x58 = 118 1 2 6 10 17 21 27 34 43 54 68 87 109 MCB rating 1 2 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Calculation: non-compensated fluorescent lighting example (star connection) Number = (rating x 0.8) (U x 0.6) (P x 1.25) Table 2: high pressure discharge lamps Table valid for 230V and 400V, with compensated or non-compensated ballast. Mercury vapour + fluorescent substance Rat. (A) P(1) 700W 6 P(1) 1000W 10 P(1) 2000W 16 Mercury vapour + metal halides P(1) 375W 6 P(1) 1000W 10 P(1) 2000W 16 High pressure sodium vapour lamps P(1) 400W 6 P(1) 1000W 10 137

Electrical auxiliaries For C60/C120 MCBs Auxiliary ON/OFF switch (OF) Alarm switch (SD) Shunt trip unit (MX) Under voltage release (MN) Auxiliary ON/OFF switch (OF) to indicate the open or closed position of a circuit breaker Ph Assembly Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker. 11 Applications Audible or visual indication of the open or closed state of the circuit. The indication can be given on the front of a cubicle or enclosure or grouped on a control desk. Can be used in conjunction with an alarm switch. 14 12 mcb closed mcb open N Alarm switch (SD) to indicate circuit breaker opening on a fault (tripped) Ph Assembly Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker. 91 Applications Audible or visual indication of a fault on an electrical circuit in air conditioned rooms, passenger and goods lifts, ventilation etc. May be used in conjunction with an auxiliary ON/OFF switch. 94 92 fault normal N Shunt trip unit (MX) for remote tripping Ph Assembly Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker. Applications remote opening of electrical circuits. U > 14 12 C 2 C 1 mcb closed N mcb open Under voltage release unit (MN) to ensure automatic tripping in case of under voltage and for remote tripping by EMERGENCY STOP push button Ph D 1 D 2 Assembly Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker. U < Applications Automatic tripping of a circuit breaker whenever the voltage drops sufficiently below its nominal rated voltage. Remote tripping of a circuit breaker by emergency stop or other N.C. push button. N 138

Remote operation with MX + OF Electrical auxiliaries MX + OF and MXV releases for NG125 circuit breakers Remote opening, by circuit breaker tripping, of electrical lighting circuits, etc. MX + OF N L U > 14 12 C2 C1 NG125 Upstream voltage taps The voltage taps supply auxiliary circuits in order to perform the following functions: Indication, measurement Emergency stopping Remote transfer NG125 OF or SD indication OF auxiliary contact: Indication by dry contact of circuit breaker "open or closed" condition Indication is either on the front face of the cubicle or enclosure or centralised on a display console O+F N L SD N L SD fault indicating switch Indication of a fault on a circuit breaker: climatic chamber, elevator, ventilation, etc 24 21 NG125 96 98 95 NG125 Remote operation with MXV Remote tripping by MXV with information feedback by SDV The control switch (luminous or not) trips the circuit breaker by means of the Vigi equipped with an MXV An indicator, via the SDV switch in the NO condition, lights up when the Vigi module has tripped on an outgoer or by MXV L N 11 12 M1 M2 SDV MXV ACTp N L NG125 Vigi NG125 OFF = max. 1 ma 139

DC operation Miniature circuit breakers Selecting the circuit breaker The selection of the type of circuit breaker most suitable for protection of a d.c. installation depends mainly on the following criteria: The rated current, which determines the rating of the equipment The type of system (1,2 or 3), (see below) The rated voltage, which determines the number of poles to be involved in breaking The maximum short circuit current at the point of installation, which determines the breaking capacity. Magnetic trip threshold increases by 1.4 Breaking capacity of miniature circuit breakers on d.c. (in brackets, the number of poles involved in breaking) Type of D.C. breaking capacity(ka)-l/r < 0.015s circuit breaker (IEC 947-2,lcu) Voltage 24/48V 125V 250V 500V C60HB/HC 20 (1) 25 (2) 50 (4) - C60HD 20 (1) 25 (2) 50 (4) - C120-15,000 25,000 - NG125N - 36,000 36,000 - NG125H - 36,000 36,000 - Type of system Earthed systems Insulated systems One polarity of the DC supply is A centre point of the DC supply is earthed earthed Diagrams i i i and various a a a cases of faults R U U/2 R + U B A U/2 B A B A b C b C b C R Fault effect Fault A Max. Isc Isc close to max. Isc No effect the positive polarity the positive polarity is the only is the only one involved one involved, voltage U/2 Fault B Max. Isc Max. Isc Max. Isc both polarities are involved both polarities are involved both polarities are involved Fault C No effect Same as fault A but this is the No effect negative polarity which is involved Most unfavourable case Fault A Faults A and C Fault B Distribution of the The poles required to perform On each polarity there must be the the poles required to perform breaking poles the break are in series number of poles required to perform the break are shared between on the positive polarity (1),(2) the break of max. Isc at U/2 the 2 polarities (1) Or negative if the positive polarity is earthed. (2) An extra pole will be needed on the earthed polarity to provide isolation + - 250V = + - 250V = + - 250V = Load C120H 3P 80A Load C120H 4P 100A Load NS400H 2P 400A Calculation the short circuit current (Isc) across the terminals of a battery When a short circuit occurs across its terminals, a battery discharges a current given by Ohm's law: Isc = Vb Ri Where Vb = the maximum discharge voltage (battery 100 % charged). and Ri = the internal resistance equivalent to the sum of the cell resistances (figure generally given by the manufacturer according to the capacity of the battery). Example What is the short circuit current at the terminals of a standing battery with the following characteristics: Capacity: 500Ah Max. discharge voltage: 240V (110 cells of 2.2V) Discharge current: 300A Autonomy: 1/2 hour Internal resistance: 0.5mΩ per cell Ri = 110 x 0.5 10-3 = 55 x10-3 Isc = 240 = 4.4kA 55 10-3 As the above calculation shows, the shor circuit current is relatively weak. Note: If the internal resistance is not known, the following approximate formula can be used: Isc = kc, where C is the capacity of the battery expressed in Ampere hours, and k is a coefficient close to 10 but in any case always lower than 20. 240 Vdc 300A 500Ah Ri = 0.5mΩ/cell 140

Utilisation at 400Hz Practical advice The greater part of multi 9 circuit breakers can be used on 400Hz networks. Short-circuit currents at 400Hz generator terminals do not, in general, exceed the nominal current by more than 4 times. Therefore, breaking capacity problems are very rare. Multi 9 circuit breakers No thermal derating Increase of magnetic thresholds: Coefficient 1.5 for DPN Coefficient 1.48 for C60 Residual current circuit-breakers from the multi 9 range can be used on 400Hz networks. It should be noted that the ma threshold varies depending on the network's frequency (see curves below) Note: In 400Hz, the test circuit for residual current devices may present the risk of not functioning when actioning the test button because of threshold variation. According to international studies (IEC 60479-2), the human body is less sensitive to a 400Hz current that passes through the body; so well that, even though the residual current device has had its frequency desensitised, these devices still ensure the protection of persons. The method for choosing residual current devices in 400Hz is thus the same as that for 50Hz. RCCB I n 2.5 2 1.5 Operating residual current variation curves 1 2 3 4 Curve N o. Class Rating Sensitivity (ma) (A) 10 30 100 300 500 AC 25 2 1-1 1 25-40 - 1 1 1 1 63-80-100-2 1 1 1 A 16-25-40-63 - 3-2 2 si type 4-4 - Selective s ( AC, A ) - - - 2 2 1 0.5 10 50 60 90 150 250 350 400 Hz Vigi C60 I n 2.5 2 1.5 1 Operating residual current variation curves 1 2 Curve N o. Class Rating Sensitivity Sens. (ma) (A) (A) 10 30 100 300 1A 3A Vigi C60 110/0 V - 50Hz AC 25 2 1 1 - - 63-2 1 - - Vigi C60 2, 3 and 4P 0/415 V - 50Hz AC 25 2 1 1 - - 40-63 - 2 1 - - A 25-63 3 3 2 2 - All types Selective s - 4 2 2-0.5 10 50 60 90 150 250 350 400 Hz C60 si 4 141

Miniature circuit breakers For use in conjunction with motor starters and transformers Motor starters In general miniature circuit breakers can give only short circuit protection to motor loads due to the high starting currents which may be encountered; typically 3-12 times full load current (FLC). Assumptions The tables give recommended MCB ratings for motors up to 37kW based on the following assumptions: Direct-on-line starting starting current = 7 x FLC run up time = 6seconds, motors <3kW 10 seconds, motors < kw running currents = average values only (individual manufacturer's figures will vary). four pole motors, i.e. speed approx. 1500rpm For higher inertia loads, i.e. hoists or fans, run up times may be considerably longer than those assumed above. The rating of the MCB must take account of the greater run up time and starting current. The required MCB rating can be determined by reference to time/current curves (consult us). Star/delta starting Since, during the changeover from star to delta, a high current surge in the order of DOL values may be met, the MCB rating selected should be the same as that recommended for DOL starting Table 1-3 phase 415Vac D.O.L. starting Recommended MCB kw hhp Running I C60HB C60HC C60HD 0.12 0.166 0.65 2 2 1 0.18 0.25 0.7 2 2 1 0.25 0.33 0.87 4 2 1 0.37 0.5 1.35 4 4 2 0.55 0.75 1.55 4 4 2 0.75 1.0 1.93 6 4 4 1.1 1.5 2.5 6 6 4 1.5 2 3.5 10 10 6 2.2 3 4.8 16 10 10 3 4 6.4 20 20 10 3.75 5 7.8 25 25 16 4 5.5 8.1 25 25 16 5.5 7.5 11 32 32 16 7.5 10 14.4 50 50 20 9.33 12.5 17.3 63 50 20 11 15 21 63 63 25 13 17.5 25 - - 32 15 20 28 - - 40 18.5 25 35 - - 50 30 40 - - 50 30 40 54 - - 63 37 50 65.5 - - - Table 2-1 phase 240Vac D.O.L. starting kw Hp Running I C60HB C60HC C60HD 0.12 0.166 0.95 4 2 1 0.18 0.25 1.5 4 4 2 0.25 0.33 1.7 6 4 2 0.37 0.5 3 10 6 4 0.55 0.75 4.5 16 10 6 0.75 1 5.5 16 16 10 1.1 1.5 8.5 25 25 16 1.5 2 10.5 32 32 20 2.2 3 15.5 40 40 25 3 4 20 63 63 32 3.75 5 24-63 40 5.5 7.5 34 - - 50 6.3 8.5 36.5 - - 63 7.5 10 45 - - 63 11 15 66.5 - - - 142

Miniature circuit breakers For use in conjunction with motor starters and transformers Transformers High inrush currents are also produced when transformers are switched on, typically 10-15 times full load current. Assumptions The tables give recommended MCB ratings for single phase transformers up to 12500VA and three phase transformers up to 30000VA based on the following formula. Table 3-3 phase transformers 415Vac supply VA Primary In (A) C60HB C60HC C60HD 500 0.7 4 2 1 750 1.04 6 4 2 1000 1.39 10 6 4 2000 2.78 16 10 6 5000 6.95 40 25 16 10000 13.89-50 25 15000 20.84-63 32 20000 27.78 - - 50 25000 34.73 - - 63 30000 41.67 - - 63 Table 4-1 phase transformers 240Vac supply VA Primary In (A) C60HB C60HC C60HD 50 0.21 2 - - 100 0.42 4 2 1 250 1.04 6 4 2 500 2.08 16 10 4 1000 4.17 25 16 10 2500 10.42 63 32 16 5000 20.84-63 32 10000 41.66 - - 63 12500 52.08 - - - Inrush currents When LV/LV transformers are switched on, very high inrush currents are produced which must be taken into account when choosing overcurrent protection devices. The peak value of the first current wave often reaches 10-15 times the rated rms current of the transformer and may reach values of 20-25 times the rated current even for transformers rated less than 50kVA. This transient inrush current decays very quickly (in a few milliseconds). I In 1st peak 10 to 25 In θ t 143

P25M circuit breakers For motor protection Choice of motor supply cable size When selecting the cable size the starting current of the motor and the permissible voltage drop must be taken into account. The cable must be capable of carrying a permanent service current at least equal to the sum of In + Is/3 where, In = rated current, Is = starting current (4-8 In) depending on the motor. Voltage drop The permissible voltage drop from the start of the installation to the motor in question is 6% for public distribution systems. If the torque of the machine to be driven is low during starting it is only necessary to check the voltage drop for the rated current of the motor. If the starting torque is high (grinding mills, goods lifts, etc.) the voltage drop should be checked for the starting current. Protection of the line supplying the motor Every circuit and every motor must be protected against overloads and short circuits. Phase failure protection The P25M protects each phase separately and interrupts all three phases in the event of a loss of phase. Single phasing sensitivity is achieved by means of a differential trip which accelerates tripping should phase failure occur. P25M motor circuit breaker This protects motors against overloads and short circuits. P25M type circuit breaker has on each pole a thermal release for protection against overloads and a magnetic release for protection against short circuits. For high short circuit currents use the limiter block, Ref. 21115. For ratings from 0.16A - 10A. 415V or from 0.16-18A, 240V; in this case the breaking capacity of the P25M circuit breaker is unlimited. Applications The P25M circuit breaker is particularly suitable for protecting small machine tools and similar machines, with local control. Thermal release settings The thermal releases are supplied set to the bottom value of the setting range. Simultaneous setting of the thermal releases can be carried out by opening the cover and adjusting the dial on the front face of the P25M. It is recommended that the thermal releases be set to the current that the motor absorbs in normal service and not to its rated current so as to provide effective close protection. Ambient temperature compensation Close protection against thermal overload is enhanced by thermal releases which are ambient temperature compensated over the range - 20 C - +60 C. During overload conditions, tripping is delayed at lower ambient temperatures, from - 20 C - +20 C, and is accelerated at higher ambient temperatures, from 20 C - +60 C. Time/current characteristics Minutes Seconds Milliseconds 20 10 5 2 1 40 20 10 5 2 1 200 50 20 5 2 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30 x rated current Auxiliaries: Alarm switch. ON/OFF switch. Shunt trip release or undervoltage release (emergency stop). Single phase connection N 1 Ph 3 5 2 4 6 Two poles of the apparatus must be connected in series for the single phase supply Emergency switch wiring L1 L2 L3 The early closing of the auxiliary contact is necessary to enable the U closing of the circuit breaker equipped with an undervoltage release Rating Settings Part N o. Standard power ratings kw: In (A) of 3-phase motors 50-60Hz AC-3 category 230 400 415 440 500 690 0.16 0.1-0.16 21100 - - - - - - 0.25 0.16-0.25 21101 - - - - - - 0.40 0.25-0.40 21102 - - - - - - 0.63 0.40-0.63 21103 - - - - - 0.37 1.0 0.63-1 21104 - - - 0.37 0.37 0.55 1.6 1-1.6 21105-0.37-0.55 0.75 1.1 2.5 1.6-2.5 21106 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5 4.0 2.5-4 21107 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 6.3 4-6.3 21108 1.1 2.2 2.2 3 3.7 4 10 6-10 21109 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 7.5 14 9-14 21110 3 5.5 5.5 7.5 9 11 18 13-18 21111 4 7.5 9 9 10 15 23 17-23 21112 5.5 9 11 11 11 18.5 25 20-25 21113 5.5 11 11 11 15 144

Types of RCD Two families of RCD are offered in this catalogue (1) Those without overcurrent protection (RCDs) e.g. RMGs (2) Those with overcurrent protection (RCBOs) e.g. C60H rcbo s and DPN Miniature circuit breakers combined with a residual current device, this RCD/MCB combination can be realised in the form of the C60H RCBO combined RCD/MCB or by combining a vigi module with an MCB. All of these units can be used to protect individual circuits or as devices mounted within individual enclosures. Individual out going circuits within type A or type B MCB distribution boards can be protected by installing RCD/MCB combinations on that particular outgoing way. Groups of circuits can be protected within distribution boards by selection of either split load or dual incomer units with selected circuits protected by RCD incoming devices. Complete distribution systems can be given RCD protection by installing an RMG RCD in a separate enclosure ahead of the distribution board or by using a distribution board having an incoming rcd. Unwanted tripping The principal reasons for unwanted tripping of RCDs are lack of discrimination between rcd's (see following paragraph) and transient earth leakage currents, which have various causes such as lightning strikes, switching surges (caused by switching inductive loads) or switching capacitive loads (RF filter networks, mineral insulated cables etc) All Merlin Gerin RCDs and RCD/MCBs incorporate a filtering device which minimises their response to transients, virtually eliminating unwanted tripping. ime (s) 000s 100s 10s 1s 00ms Merlin Gerin 300mA time delayed rcd Typical 100mA instantaneous rcd Typical 30mA instantaneous rcd Discrimination of RCDs Figure 3: characteristic of 231 16, 300mA time delayed RCD with 10, 30 and 100mA instantaneous devices superimposed to show discrimination. Wherever two or more rcd's are installed in series with one another, measures must be taken to ensure that they discriminate properly - in the event of an earth fault, only the device next upstream should operate. (fig. 3) 100mA 300mA 600mA 1.5A 3A current (A) IEC publication 479 "effects of currents passing through the human body" TIME/CURRENT ZONES OF EFFECTS OF A.C. CURRENT (15-100HZ) ON PERSONS WITH STANDARD RCD CHARACTERISTICS SUPERIMPOSED 500A RCDs do not discriminate on rated residual operating current sensitivity alone. In other words, a 100mA device upstream of a 30mA device will not offer inherent discrimination. To provide the necessary discrimination, RCDs can be provided with an inbuilt time delay mechanism, usually 50ms. This inbuilt time delay is sufficient to allow the downstream device to open the circuit before the upstream device starts to operate. Such an RCD must be used as the incomer to a split load board incorporating two RCDs. time in milliseconds 10000 5000 2000 1000 500 200 100 50 a b c 1 c 2 c 3 IEC 479 1 2 3 4 20 10 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 10000 current in milliamperes (R.M.S.) typical current limits due to body resistance 10mA 30mA 100mA at 240V Zone Physiological Effects 1 Usually no reaction effects 2 Usually no harmful physiological effects 3 Usually no organic damage to be expected. Likelihood of muscular contraction and difficulty of breathing reversible disturbances of formation and conduction of impulses in the heart and transient cardiac arrest without ventricular fibrillation increases with current magnitude and time 4 In addition to the effects of zone 3 probability of ventricular fibrillation increased up to 5% (Curve C2) up to 50% (Curve C3) and above 50% beyond Curve C3 Increasing with magnitude and time. pathyphysiological effects such as cardiac arrest, breathing arrest and heavy burns may occur. 145

Degrees of protection Provided by enclosures External influences In many national and international standards, a large number of external influences to which an electrical installation can be subjected are indexed and coded: presence of water, presence of solid objects, risk of impact, vibrations, presence of corrosive substances, etc. These influences may be present with variable intensity depending on the conditions of installation: The presence of water may be in the form of a few drops or total immersion. Protection index European standard EN60529 gives a protection code (IP) which characterises the ability of equipment to withstand the following external influences: Presence of solid bodies Presence of water This code comprises two digits, depending on these external influences. The protection index is assigned to the equipment following a series of tests laid down in the respective standards. Test according to EN60529 1st digit Protection against solid bodies 0 no protection 2nd digit Protection against liquids 0 No protection Example IP 55 Protection against dust (no harmful deposits) Protection against hosing with water from all directions 1 ø 50mm Protection against solid bodies greater than 50 mm 1 Protection against vertical drops of water (condensation) 2 ø 12.5mm Protection against solid bodies greater than 12.5mm 2 Protection against drops of water falling up to 15 from vertical 3 ø 2.5mm Protection against solid bodies greater than 2.5 mm 3 Protection against rainwater up to 60 from vertical 4 ø 1mm Protection against solid bodies greater than 1 mm 4 Protection against water projected from all directions 5 Protection against dust (no harmful deposits) 5 protection against hosing with water from all directions 6 Total protection against dust 6 Protection against swamping with water 7 Protection against immersion 146

Choosing a surge arrester for LV networks PRD/PF Load considerations The surge arrester s level of protection (Up) depends on the installed equipment and the rated voltage of the installation Up must lie between The full voltage of the permanent operating conditions (Uc) The impulse withstand voltage (Uchoc) of the equipment to be protected: Uc<Up<Uchoc 8/20 impulse withstand table for equipment to be protected General standard: IEC 60364-4 Rated voltage Equipment sensitivity withstand (Uchoc) of the installation Three phase Reduced Normal High Very high networks electronic circuit electrical household industrial industrial devices: appliances: devices: devices: televisions, alarms, HiFi, dishwashers, ovens motors, distribution video recorders, refrigerators, cabinets, electric meters, computers portable tools current sockets, telemeters telecommunication transfos. 400/690/1000 2.5 kv 4 kv 6 kv 8 kv 230/440 V 1.5 kv 2.5 kv 4 kv 6 kv shock wave shock wave shock wave shock wave category I category II category III category IV Earthing systems TT TN-S TN-C IT Uc value for common mode 1.5 Uo 1.5 Uo 1.5 Uo 1.732 Uo (protection between live conductors and earth) Uc value for differential mode 1.1 Uo 1.1 Uo 1.1 Uo (protection between phase and neutral) Uo: Simple network voltage between phase and neutral. Uc: Full voltage under permanent operating conditions. Uc: Value as in the French standard: NF C 15100 section 534. Placing several surge arresters in a cascading configuration The incoming surge arrester (P1) is dimensioned to run off lightning currents at the source of the installation, 2 cases are possible: If there is a level of protection (Up) too high for the impulse withstand voltage (Uchoc) of the installation's equipment: A secondary protection surge arrester (P2) placed near loads is sufficient, to lower the voltage and make it compatible with the impulse withstand voltage of the equipment to be protected If sensitive equipment is too far from the incoming surge arrester (d 30 m figure 2): A secondary protection surge arrester (P2) placed near loads suffices, to lower the voltage and make it compatible with the impulse withstand voltage of the equipment to be protected Example figure 2 d 30 m Example figure 1 P1 E P1 Up: 2 kv E Uchoc: 1.5 kv E P1 P2 Up: 2 kv P1 P2 Up: 1.2 kv E Uchoc: 1.5 kv E: Equipment to be protected with impulse withstand of 1.5 kv P1: incoming surge arrester dimensioned with In and Imax that are sufficient enough to face lightning currents that may appear and with a level of protection of 2.5 kv P2: Surge arrester near equipment to be protected with an adapted level of protection and which is co-ordonated with P1 E: Equipment to be protected with impulse withstand of 1.5 kv P1: Incoming surge arrester dimensioned with In and Imax that are sufficient enough to face lightning currents that may appear and with a level of protection of 1.5 kv. This level of 1.5 kv is acceptable in principle (even though there is no margin), but the distance d is too great P2: Surge arrester near equipment to be protected with an adapted level of protection and which is co-ordonated with P1 147

Choosing a surge arrester for LV networks PRD/PF Site characteristics If a lightning rod is planned or has already been installed on the building (or in a 50 m radius): Choose an incoming protection device with an Imax of 65 ka. lightning flash density (Ng) Mount a surge arrester Imax: 8 ka in a cascading configuration if: The distance between the incoming surge arrester and loads is 30 m The surge arrester's voltage Up is too high in regards to the sensitivity of the load to be protected (Uchoc) Up surge arrester < Uchoc switchgear Installation without a lighting conductor Residential Geographical location Urban Rural Lightning flash density (Ng) 0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 1.6 0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 1.6 Imax (ka) incoming protection 15* 15 15 15 30-40 65 Imax (ka) secondary protection if: 8 8 Up too high and/or d 30 m (*) recommended Tertiary/industrial (1) Continuity of supply of the Not necessary Partial Essential operation Consequence (financial) Low High Very high of a lightning stroke on equipment to be protected Lightning flash density (Ng) 0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 1.6 0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 1.6 0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 1.6 Imax (ka) incoming protection Imax (ka) secondary protection if: Up too high and/or d 30 m 15 15 30-40 8 15 30-40 8 65 8 30-40 8 65 8 65 8 (1) since in the tertiary/industrial sector the cost of equipment to be protected is higher, damage due to lightning is more significant Selection depending on the earthing system Earthing systems TT TN-S TN-C IT IT nondistributed distributed neutral neutral Draw out surge arresters PRD MC 1P Uc = 275 V MC 3P Uc = 440 V 3P MC/MD 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N Uc = 440/275 V 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N Fixed surge arresters PF 30-65 ka MC 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N Uc = 440 V 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N PF 8-15 ka MC/MD 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N Uc = 440/275 V 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N PE MC 1P (Uc = 440 V) 3x1P 3x1P 148

O-OFF ME R LIN GERIN multi 9 PRD C Neutral r O-OFF MERLIN GE R IN multi 9 PRD C40r-275 Imax:40kA(8/20) In:15kA(8/20) Up:1,2kV Uc:275V OFF O-OFF MERLIN GERIN multi 9 PRD C Neutral r MERLIN GERIN O-OFF multi 9 PRD O-OFF MERLIN GERIN multi 9 PRD C Neutral r MERLIN GERIN multi 9 PRD O-OFF O-OFF O-OFF Choosing a surge arrester for LV networks PRD/PF Choosing a disconnection circuit breaker Maximum lightning disconnection discharge current circuit breaker Rating Curve Range 8-15-30-40 ka 20 A C - 65 ka 50 A C - After having chosen the surge arrester(s) needed to protect the installation, the appropriate disconnection circuit breaker is to be chosen from the opposite table: Its breaking capacity must be compatible with the installation's breaking capacity Each live conductor must be protected example: a 1P+N surge arrester must be combined with a 2P disconnection circuit breaker (2 protected poles) Installation constraints The 50 cm rule in the switchboard Connections must be as short as possible. Do not exceed a distance of 50 cm, to efficiently protect electrical loads. Co-ordinating 2 surge arresters (the 10 m rule) In the case of an exposed site and the presence of sensitive loads, it is recommended to co-ordinate upstream and downstream protection in a cascading configuration. type or delayed secondary protection d1 incomer end protection T d2 PRD N L O-OFF O-OFF O-OFF O-OFF PRD1 PRD2 N L d3 N L d1+d2+d3 50 cm 149

Contactors CT Inrush and holding power Type Rating Consumption Maximum (A) inrush holding power (VA) (VA) 1P, 2P 16/25 15 3.8 1.3 3P, 4P 16/25 34 4.6 1.6 2P 40/63 34 4.6 1.6 3P, 4P 40/63 53 6.5 2.1 2P 100 53 6.5 2.1 4P 100 106 13 4.2 CT 2000 contactor applications Choice of contactor Heating circuits: (AC7a table 1) Table 1: maximum power (kw) controlled by a contactor as a function of contactor rating and service voltage. Example of use: electric heating units, water heaters Lighting circuits: (AC5, table 2 and 3) choice of contactor and maximum number of load devices controlled as a function of the unit power (W) of the load devices and the service voltage: incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps with starter, (individual mounting), sodium vapour lamps Utility motors (AC7b, table 4) maximum power (kw) controlled by a contactor as a function of contactor rating and operating voltage. Typical applications: small pumps, compressors and machine tools Grouping of contactors When contactors are mounted side by side on the same DIN rail, a spacer must be fitted between every pair of contactors. Contactor bank spacer cat. ref. 27062 enables contactors to be spaced 9mm apart to improve ventilation and prevent overheating. Note: For normal usage there is generally no requirement to derate due to the high calibration temperature employed. Installation recommendations for contactors - when sited in close proximity to electronic equipment i.e. remote control switches, programmable timers etc. 1. Install two contactor spacers between the contactor and the electronic equipment. 2. Ensure contactor coil circuit and electronic equipment supply circuit are separated. 3. Where more than one DIN rail is available the contactor must be mounted on the upper rail and the electronic equipment on the lower rail. 4. Where only one DIN rail is available, the contactor must be mounted to the RHS of electronic equipment on horizontal rails and above electronic equipment on vertical rails. Table 1: Heating Maximum power (kw) for a given rating Type of heating Contactor rating (A) (AC1 - AC7a 25 40 63 100 categories) 400/415V heating N o. of ops per day 25 5.4 8.6 14 21.6 50 5.4 8.6 14 21.6 75 4.6 7.4 12 18 100 4 6 9.5 14 250 2.5 3.8 6 9 500 1.7 2.7 4.5 6.8 230/240V heating N o. of ops per day 25 16 26 41 63 50 16 26 41 63 75 14 35 52 100 11 17 26 40 250 5 8 13 19 500 3.5 6 9 14 150

Contactors CT Table 2: Lighting Maximum number of lamps for a given rating 230/240V Power Contactor rating (A) (W) 16 25 40 63 100 Incandescent lamp with/without halogen gas 40 38 57 115 172 250 60 30 45 85 125 187 75 25 38 70 100 150 100 19 28 50 73 110 150 12 18 35 50 75 200 10 14 26 37 55 300 7 10 18 25 37 500 4 6 10 15 1000 2 3 6 8 12 12V halogen lamp (with ELV transformer) 20 15 23 42 63 94 50 10 15 27 42 63 75 8 12 23 35 52 100 6 9 18 27 40 150 4 6 13 19 28 26mm fluorescent (single tube with parallel capacitor) 15 15 20 40 60 90 18 15 20 40 60 90 20 15 20 40 60 90 36 15 20 40 60 90 40 15 20 40 60 90 58 10 15 30 43 64 65 10 15 30 43 64 115 5 7 14 20 30 140 5 7 14 20 30 26mm fluorescent tube (single tube without capacitor) 15 30 70 100 150 18 30 70 100 150 20 30 70 100 150 36 20 28 60 90 135 40 20 28 60 90 135 58 13 17 35 56 84 65 13 17 35 56 84 115 7 10 20 32 48 140 7 10 20 32 48 26mm fluorescent (twin tube with parallel capacitor) 2x18 30 46 80 123 180 2x20 30 46 80 123 180 2x36 17 25 43 67 100 2x40 17 25 43 67 100 2x58 10 16 27 42 63 2x65 10 16 27 42 63 2x118 6 10 16 25 37 2x140 6 10 16 25 37 26mm fluorescent (four tube with parallel capacitor) 4x18 15 23 46 69 100 Electronic ballast (1 x 26mm tube) 18 74 111 2 333 500 36 38 58 117 176 260 58 25 37 74 111 160 Electronic ballast (2 x 26mm tube) 2x18 36 55 111 166 250 2x36 20 30 60 90 135 2x58 12 19 38 57 85 Electronic compact 7 133 200 400 600 900 11 80 120 240 360 540 15 58 88 176 264 396 20 44 66 132 200 300 23 38 57 114 171 256 Table 3: Sodium Maximum number of lighting lamps for a given rating 230/240V Power Contactor rating (A) (W) 16 25 40 63 100 Low pressure sodium (with compensation) 18 14 21 40 60 60 35 3 5 10 15 15 55 3 5 10 15 15 90 2 5 6 11 11 135 1 2 4 6 6 180 1 2 4 6 6 High pressure sodium (without compensation) 70 8 12 20 32 32 150 4 7 13 18 18 250 2 4 8 11 11 400 1 3 5 8 8 1000-1 2 3 3 High pressure sodium (with compensation) 70 6 9 18 25 25 150 6 9 18 25 25 250 2 4 8 12 12 400 2 3 6 9 9 1000 1 2 4 6 6 To obtain the maximum number of lamps on three phase four wire circuits, multiply the maximum number of lights for single phase by three. For three phase, three wire, the following formula must be applied Single phase quantity X 3 1,732 Table 4: Utility Maximum power (kw) motors for a given rating Type of motor Contactor rating (A) (AC7b category) 16 25 40 63 100 230/240V - 1.4 2.5 4 4 400/415V - 4 7.5 15 15 151

Time delay contactor auxiliary ACTt ACTt 4 types of delay: Type A time delay puts back loads energisation Type B time delay energises a load for a given time, once the control contact has closed (push button) Type C time delay extends load energisation Type H time delay energises a load for a given time, as log as the control contact remains closed Time delay range: 1s - 10h Accuracy:+/- 0.5% Type A The single time delay cycle begins on energisation and the load is energised at the end of time delay T Type B The single time delay cycle begins when the control contact is closed L L S A1 1 ACTt CT S 0 A1 1 ACTt CT U (A 1 A 2 ) 0 N A2 2 Load CT T t N B2 Y BP 1 A2 B 1 2 Load BP CT T t Type C The single time delay cycle begins when the control contact is (pushbutton) is released, at the end of time delay T, the load is de-energised again Type D The single time delay cycle begins on energisation. the load is de-energised again at the end of time delay T or when the control contact is released L L A1 1 S A1 1 ACTt CT U (A 1 A 2 ) 0 ACTt CT S N BP Y 1 A2 B 1 2 Load BP CT T t N B2 A2 2 Load 0 CT T t 152

TL impulse relays Practical advice The table below indicates the maximum power rating of a number of lamps that can be installed on impulse relay controlled 240V single phase circuit. For other voltages please consult us. impulse relay max power (W) Impulse relay rating 16A 32A Lighting Incandescent Tungsten filament (240 V) lighting 40 60 75 100 200 W 40 25 20 16 8 1600 106 66 53 42 21 4260 With halogen (240 V) 300 500 1000 1500 W 5 3 1 1 1500 13 8 4 2 4000 VLV halogen lighting (12 or 24 V with transformer) 20 50 75 100 W 70 28 19 14 1400 180 74 50 37 3700 Fluorescent Single with starter (non compensated) lighting 18 36 58 W 70 35 21 1300 186 93 55 3400 Single with starter (compensated) 18 36 58W 50 25 16 930 133 66 42 2400 Double with series compensated starter 2x18 2x36 2x58W 56 28 17 2000 148 74 45 5300 Single HF ballast 16 32 50W 80 40 26 1300 212 106 69 3400 Double HF ballast 2x16 2x32 2x50W 40 20 13 1300 106 53 34 3400 Discharge Low pressure sodium vapour lamps 55 90 135 180 W 24 15 10 7 1300 63 40 26 18 3400 High pressure sodium vapour or metal halide 250 400 1000 W 5 3 1 1300 13 8 3 3400 153

Lighting management MIN and PRE Operation diagrams MIN timer Time delay of 1-7 min Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts the timer Continuous mode by pressing switch (S) on front face BP UZ < 2 s < 2 s S UZ t t MINe timer Time delay of 3 or 20 min Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts the timer BP < 2 s < 2 s UZ 3 min 20 min MINs timer Time delay of 30s - 8 min Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts the timer Continuous mode by pressing switch (S) on front face BP UZ < 2 s < 2 s S UZ t 20 min PRE switch off warning Switch off warning (P) of 20-40 s 50% reduction in luminous flux 50% UZ P Key S: Switch on front face T: Time delay P: Switch off warning 154

Movement detector CE30 Function The CE30 controls switching on and off of lighting by detection of movements of people and according to ambient brightness. The CE30 controls switching on of lighting if a movement is detected and if the ambient brightness is less than the pre-set threshold. After the last movement detected, it controls switching off of lighting on completion of a time delay that can be set beforehand. Data Power supply: 230V +/- 10%, 50-60Hz Detection angle: 20 Configuration of detection angle by cover cut out Range: 30m Setting of the brightness threshold for lighting control: 5-300lux Setting of the time delay between the last movement detected and switching off of lighting: 40 seconds - 8 minutes Output contact: 10A cos Ø = 1 5A cos Ø = 0.5 Incandescent lights: relays compulsory Degree of protection: IP43 Connection: 1.05mm 2 spring tunnel type terminals Consumption : < 1W Operating temperature: -25 to +55 C Approvals: VDE-SEMKO-KEMA-KEUR m 3 2 1 5 beams 1 beam 0 110 20 2.5 m 1 2 3 m 0 1 3 12 16 20 24 29 30m 0 4 8 12 18 20 24 28 30m L N L N 155

Movement detector CDM Function The CDM controls switching on and off of lighting by detection of movements of people and according to ambient brightness. The CDM controls switching on of lighting if a movement is detected and if the ambient brightness is less than the pre-set threshold. After the last movement detected, it controls switching off of lighting on completion of a time delay that can be set beforehand. Data Power supply: 230 V -10% +6%, 50-60Hz Detection angle: 0-180º Configuration of detection angle by cover cut-out Range; 0-12 m according to slope adjustment Setting of the brightness threshold for lighting control: 3-80 lux Setting of the time delay between the last movement detected and switching off of lighting: 4 seconds - 15 minutes Lighting power Incandescent lights: 1000 W max Halogen lamps: 500 W max Fluorescent and fluocompact lights: relays compulsory. Degree of protection: IP54 Connection: screw terminals up to 205 mm 2 Consumption: 1.1 VA Operating temperature: -25 to +50 º C Approvals: VDE-SEMKO-KEMA-KEUR m 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 m 180 2.5 m 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112m 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12m L N L N 156

Presence detector CDP Function The CDP controls switching on and off lighting according to the presence of a person and ambient brightness. It allows detection: Of presence (zone A), the system detects the slightest motions, Of movements (zone B), the system detects movements. The CDP controls switching on if presence is detected and if ambient brightness is less than the set threshold. It controls switching off of lighting if the outside light becomes greater the the threshold, even in the event of movement. Data Power supply: 230 V +/- 10%, 50 Hz Detection angle: Horizontal 360º, vertical 180º Recommended floor/ceiling clearance: 2.2-3 m Maximum range for recommended clearance: 4m diameter presence detection zone (small motions) 24m diameter movement detection zone (movements) Setting the brightness threshold for lighting control: 20-1300 lux Setting the time delay between the last movement detected and switch off of lighting: 4-15 min Lighting power incandescent lights: 2000W max LV halogen lights (230V) and ELV (12V): 1000W max Fluorescent lights with conventional ballast: 1000W max (cos Ø = 0.5) Fluorescent lights with parallel corrected ballast: 500W max ( cos Ø = 0.5) Degree of protection: IP20 Operating temperature: -25ºC to +55ºC Storage temperature: -25ºC to +70ºC Weight: 144g Dimensions: Diameter; 120mm Height: 70mm Fixing centre distance: 81mm 360 12 m 2 m 1 m 0 1m 2 m 12 m B A B L N CDP N L L 157

Presence detector CDPt Function The CDpt reserved for installations with 1-10V control ballast, regulates lighting intensity according to the presence of a person and ambient lighting. It maintains ambient brightness at a level set by lighting variation. The TDP remote control allows manual monitoring of lighting independently of detector settings. It allows detection Of presence (zone A) the system detects the slightest motions Of movements (zone B), the system detects movements Data Power supply: 230V +/- 10%, 50Hz Detection angle:horizontal 360º, vertical 180º Recommended floor/ceiling clearance: 2.5-3m Maximum range for recommended clearance: 4m diameter motion detection zone (small motions) 24m diameter movement detection zone (movements) Setting the brightness threshold for lighting control: 100-1300 lux Setting the time delay between the last movement detected and switch off of lighting: 4-15 min Lighting power(max. number of 1-10V ballasts) 16 x (1 x 36W) 12 x (1 x 58W) 12 x (2 x 36W) 8 x (2 x 58W) Degree of protection: IP20 Operating temperature: -15ºC to +55ºC Storage temperature: -25ºC to +70 ºC Weight: 144g Dimensions: Diameter: 120mm Height: 70mm Fixing centre distance: 81mm Remote control (TDP) Range: 4m Power supply: 2 xlr03-1.5v batteries (not supplied) 360 12 m 2 m 1 m 0 1m 2 m 12 m B A B L N 1-10 V CDPt N L L 158

PM9 multimeter Connection Three phase network + neutral: 3 x 230/400V Three phase network: 3 x 400V N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 230V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 P1 S1 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 P2 S2 Three phase network: 3 x 230V Three phase network with or without neutral greater than 400V L1 L2 L3 TT (VT) x 230V L3 L2 L1 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 P2 S1 S2 P1 S1 L1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 P2 S2 L2 L3 Caution Do not earth the CT secondary (S2) P1 P2 S1 S2 Networks greater than 5A: Measurements require use of current transformers with a 5A secondary The measurements require use of voltage transformers (VT) with a 230V secondary It is essential to comply with routing direction of power cables in the current transformer primary. The cables enter in P1 and leave in P2 in the direction of the loads! 159

PowerLogic: Power meter series PM700 4 wire connection with 3 CT s and no VT PM700 3 wire connection with 2 CT s and 2 VT s PM700 160

TI current tranformers Choosing a current transformer Choosing a current transformer2 criteria exist for choosing a TI: The Ip/5A ratio The type of installation The Ip/5A ratio: It is recommended that a ratio immediately superior to the measured current (In) be chosen. Ex: In = 1103 A; ratio chosen: 1250/5 Type of installation: Which TI model to choose depends on the type of installation: Insulated cables Prisma vertical busbars Insulated flexible busbars Linergy vertical busbars Rigid busbars Important warning: Never open the secondary circuit of a current transformer while the primary circuit is energised. Before any kind of maintenance service on the secondary circuit, the secondary terminals on the transformer must be short circuited. Determining the accuracy class of a TI: The accuracy class is a function of the transformer s power and the consumption of the the weighing system. The latter takes device and cable consumption into account. For a given accuracy class, consumption of the weighing system must not exceed the power on the TI transformer. Primary copper Power in VA cable cross section doubled meter at in mm 2 20 0 C 1 1 1.5 0.685 2.5 0.41 4 0.254 6 0.169 10 0.0975 For each temperation variation of 10 0 C, the power absorbed by the cables rises by 4% Merlin Gerin Consumption device (VA) Ammeter 72 x 72 0.75 Analogue ammeter 1.25 Ammeter Digipact IM100 0.5 Digital ammeter 0.3 PM measurement centre 0.25 CDS 0.25 RCI 0.5 CE tri 1 CEr tri 1 Varlogic regulator 0.7 Example Consumption of a weighing system at 20 0 C CDS 0.25VA Digital ammeter + 0.30VA 2 meters of doubled wire 2.5mm 2 + 0.82VA Weighing system consumption = 1.37VA The accuracy class of the TI is deduced: Class 3 for a TI with a ratio of 50/5 Class 0.5 for a TI with a ratio of 100/5 Class 0.5 for a TI with a ratio of 125/5 161

162

Dimensions Section eight Type A distribution board 164 Type B distribution board 165 Heavy duty distribution board 166 Single phase type P&PS pan assembly 167 Three phase type P pan assembly 168 B series enclosure 169 Three phase type PS pan assembly 170 Three phase type E pan assembly 171 MCB and accessories 172-177 Local control devices 179 Remote control devices 180-181 Time management 182 Lighting management 1 Metering and measurement 184-187 Heating management 188 Mini Opale enclosures 189 G9 enclosures 189 Modular enclosures 189 Kaedra enclosures 190 Pragma C IP40 191 UT enclosures 192 Prisma GK enclosures 193 Pragma C IP55 enclosures 194 UP enclosures 195 163

Dimensions (mm) A type distribution boards Part N o. A B MGAN6 260 264 MGAN9, MGAN42SL 315 264 MGAN12, MGAN46DS, MGAN416/96MS 370 264 MGAN15, MGAN66/76DS, MGAN48/66DS, MGAN520/716/912/1010/126MS, 450 264 MGAN23, MGAN18MS (two row unit) 370 494 60 60 NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER 18 NEUTRAL CONNECTION COVER ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL N L B 31 3 A 96 25 A 3 3 Key hole slot dimensions Datum ø6.25 12 Ø32 Ø25 Ø20 ø13 A series enclosure Part N o. A B MGAN16DE 260 264 MGANDE 315 264 MGAN28DE 370 264 MGAN34DE 450 264 MGAN56DE* 370 494 * 2 row enclosure All other dimensions as A type distribution board 164

Dimensions (mm) B type distribution boards Part N o. A B MGBN4,MGBN6 484 386 MGBN8 538 440 MGBN12 700 602 MGAN16, MGAN18 808 710 MGAN24 970 872 165

Dimensions (mm) Heavy duty distribution board (100A) IP55 weatherproof Part N o. N o. of Dimensions (mm) outgoing ways Height Width Depth MGBN6HDGK 6 650 600 290* MGBN8HDGK 8 650 600 290* MGBN12HDGK 12 850 600 290* MGBN16HDGK 16 850 600 290* * Denotes the maximum depth dimensions with key fitted. ø12 ø7 10 10 575/ 775 max. 700/ 900 max. M8 525 625 B board extension box enclosures Part N o. A MGBNEXN 124 MGBNEX034N 140 MGBNKWH 124 MGBNEXA15N 140 MGBN100CCI 140 MGBNDSI 124 60 60 65 270 65 470 A 166

Dimensions (mm) Single phase type P & PS Reference A B C D E F G MGAN6P/PS 196 182 145 70.12 70.12-18.5 MGAN9P/PS 250 236 199 70.12 36.01 70.12 27.5 MGAN12P/PS 304 290 253 70.12 108.01 70.12 18.5 MGAN15P/PS 358 344 307 97.12 108.01 97.12 18.5 B A 62 23.5 NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL CONNECTION COVER ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL N L 75 121.7 X C 88 Front cover 28 X COVER CUTOUT 46 18.5 Fixing details G D E F 5.3 4.2 X B 167

Dimensions (mm) Three phase type E Part N o. A B MGBN4E 325 346 MGBN6E 400 421 MGBN8E 450 471 MGBN12E 550 571 MGBN16E 650 671 MGBN18E 725 746 MGBN24E 875 896 Dimension A 87.00 21.60 250.00 350.00 125A 87.00 250A 152.00 Incoming device cut-out centre Inside of cover 106.86 Dimension B 168

Dimensions (mm) B series enclosures IP31 Part N o. A MGBN4SXS/SXP 484 MGBN8SXS/SXP 538 MGBN12SXS/SXP 700 MGBN16SXS/SXP 808 MGBN24SXS/SXP 970 45 380 45 140 45 3 A 45 450 Key hole slot dimensions Datum ø6.5 12 ø13 169

Dimensions (mm) Three phase type PS Reference Length MGBN4PS 108.0 1 x 4 way MGBN6PS 162.0 1 x 6 way MGBN8PS 216.0 2 x 4 way MGBN12PS 324.0 2 x 6 way MGBN16PS 432.0 2 x 6 way + 1 x 4 way MGBN18PS 486.0 3 x 6 way MGBN24PS 648.0 4 x 6 way Reference A B C D E F G MGBN4PS 99.58 MGBN6PS 153.52 MGBN8PS 99.52 108.0 99.52 MGBN12PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 MGBN16PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 324.0 99.52 MGBN18PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 324.0 153.52 MGBN24PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 324.0 153.52 486.0 153.52 204.2 78.8 6.5 1.70 Fixing holes for M4 screws E Length G 4 Way Assembly A F Length A C D 13.00 89.76 A B 170.70 13.00 6 Way Assembly 170

Dimensions (mm) Three phase type EV Part N o. A B MGBN4EV 325 346 MGBN6EV 400 421 MGBN8EV 450 471 MGBN12EV 550 571 MGBN16EV 650 671 MGBN18EV 725 746 MGBN24EV 875 896 Dimension A 87.00 21.60 250.00 350.00 125A 87.00 250A 152.00 Incoming device cut-out centre Inside of cover 106.86 Dimension B 171

Dimensions (mm) C60/RMG/MGV/DPN/DPN+Vigi A D B E G 45 F Part N o. Description Width A B B B B D E F G in 18mm 1P 2P 3P 4P SP ways C60+any code Miniature circuit breakers 1,2,3,4 70 18 36 54 72 60 44 76 81 RMG+any code Residual current devices 2,4 69 36 72 60 44 76 81 MGV+any code Vigi rcd for C60H MCBs 70 36 72 60 44 75 81 DPN 1Ph+N MCB 1 70 18 60 44 75 81 DPN+Vigi 1Ph+N RCBO 2 36 60 44 75 81 OF, SD, OF+SD/OF, MX, MN auxiliaries for C60H, C60H RCBOs TM C60 auxiliaries C60 RCBO 172

Dimensions (mm) C120 and Vigi circuit breakers Miniature circuit breakers Vigi Tm C120 auxiliaries OF, SD, OF+SD/OF, MX, MN auxiliaries Terminal shield Screw shield Inter-pole barriers Plug in base 173

Dimensions (mm) TMC60 auxiliaries and C60H RCBO TM C60 auxiliaries C60H RCBO 174

P25M circuit breaker OF, MX, MN auxiliaries Limiter block Dimensions (mm) P25M circuit breakers Vigi circuit breakers Insulated enclosure Vigi circuit breakers DPN and DPN N circuit breakers DPN vigi and DPN n vigi circuit breakers 175

Dimensions (mm) NG125 circuit breakers NG125 circuit breakers Screw shield Rotary handle 80mm Min. 300m Max. 75 Terminal shield 75 Distribloc MN, MX, OF and SD 176

Dimensions (mm) NG125 Vigi NG125 Vigi circuit breakers Screw shield 177

Dimensions (mm) Local control I switch disconnectors 20 and 32A 40-125A NO, NF auxiliaries Bell and safety transformers SO bell and RO buzzer 15213, 15216 15212, 15218, 15219, 150, 152 15320, 15321, 153, 15323 V indicator lights BP pushbuttons CM selector switches 10 178

Dimensions (mm) Local control PF8, PF30 and PF30r PF65r PRD XB device holder 179

Dimensions (mm) Remote control 16/25A contactors 40/63A contactors 100A contactors CT contactors with manual operating mechanism 16/25A contactors 3P 4P 40/63A contactors 180

Dimensions (mm) Remote control Add-on auxiliaries ACTo+f, ACTt and ACTp Relays and extensions RLI changeover relay RBN low level relay ERL extension Impulse relays TL and ETL extensions Impulse relays ATLc+s add-on auxiliaries RT, etc. time delay relays 181

Dimensions (mm) Time management Time switches IH time switch 24 hours IH time switch 60 min, 24h, 24h+7d, 7d IHP programmable time switches 15720, 15721, 157, 15723 ITM multifunction time switch 182

Dimensions (mm) Lighting management Timer and switch off warning MIN timers 15231, 15232, 15363 and PRE timer 15233 IC light sensitive switches IC200, IC2000 and IC2000P IC200 IC2000 IC2000P Front face and wall mounted cells CDM and CE30 movement detection control switches CE CDP, CDPt and TDP CDM CDP, CDPt TDP 1

Dimensions (mm) Metering and measurement CE and CEr kilowatt hour meters CI/CH counters 53 90 ME3, ME4 watt hour meters ME1 watt hour meters Digital VLT and AMP Analogue VLT and AMP CMA and CMV CME PM9 multimeter 184

PowerLogic: Power meter series PM700 Front panel mounting 185

PowerLogic: Power meter series PM700 Series PM700 dimensions 186

Dimensions (mm) Metering and measurement 16500-16506 and 16541-16456 16509-16515 and 16459-16465 16518-16521 and 16468-16471 16523-16524 and 16473-16474 16526-16535 and 16476-164 16537-16538 16548-16549 16540-16544 16545-16547 187

Dimensions (mm) Heating management TH thermostats TH3 thermostat TH6 thermostat Ambient temp probe (15846) Outdoor temp probe (15847) 17 61 59 53 25 44 29 188

Dimensions (mm) Enclosures, Mini Opale, G9 Mini Opale enclosures Part N o. H W D A B E 13392 130 44 57 36 65 11 13394 130 80 57 72 65 11 13396 160 119 65 108 80 19 13398 160 155 65 151 80 19 B A B H E 44 W D G9 enclosures 1.5 A 20 63 27.5 101 50.5 50.5 77 Part N o. A 14599 72 14603 99 46 210 46 200 5 77 27.5 25 50 25 20 32.5 36 32.5 14599/14603 99560 63 189

Dimensions (mm) Weatherproof Kaedra IP65 Front view Side view Position of DIN rail 47.5 43.5 41.5 200 35.5 39.3 70 L 111.5 18.5 3.5 ø.8 Wall mounting 4 modules 8 and 12 modules Number of A L modules 4-123 8 88 195 12 160 267 140 140 30 30 = = = = = = A 190

Dimensions (mm) Pragma C IP40 enclosures 275 234 105 135 270 216 150 70 42 70 136 65 125 46 H 65 A 125 118 43 115 25 275 230 24 136 47.5 72 252 752 53.5 78 59.5 84 125 35 35 35 35 35 65.5 90 32 25 125 20 16 250 Number of ranges A H 1 10901/10911 105 250 2 10902/10912 230 375 3 10903/10913 455 500 4 10904/10914 610 752 65 191

Dimensions (mm) UT enclosures IP54 N1 13 45 P1 G P 24 9 24 Q1 36 F 42 12 C 25 P2 P3 15 L 100 25 25 I 25 45 D N2 25 H J B M3 ø10 Q M 100 Q2 A N3 45 ø9 45 N 45 Q3 K Encl. ref. Weight (kg) Ext. dimensions (mm) Internal area Useable area on door Cable space Wall fixings * 2 Gland plates Chassis fixings 045 04584 04585 04586 04587 04588 04590 3 6.5 9.5 10 15 20 35 H W D 300 250 150 400 300 200 500 400 200 600 400 200 700 500 200 800 600 250 1000 800 250 A 205 255 355 355 455 555 755 B 255 355 455 555 655 755 955 C 150 200 300 300 400 500 700 D 240 340 440 540 640 740 940 F 180 216 315 315 315 315 315* G 62 62 120 120 120 120 120* I J K M 200 250 350 350 450 550 750 250 350 450 550 650 750 950 308 358 458 458 558 658 858 358 458 558 658 758 858 1058 N 175 5 325 325 425 525 725 Q 235 325 425 525 625 725 925 Encl. ref. 045 04584 04585 04586 04587 04588 04590 Available depth Chassis and mounting plates P1 P2 P3 N1 Q1 N2 Q2 N3 Q3 104 164 164 164 164 4 4 95 155 155 155 155 215 215 89 149 149 149 149 179 179 235 335 335 435 535 735 340 440 540 640 740 940 194 254 344 344 434 534 734 9 334 442 547 647 747 937 200 250 350 350 450 550 750 250 350 450 550 650 750 950 192

Dimensions (mm) Prisma GK IP55 Enclosure Number of modules H1 A B 7 425 375 475 11 625 575 675 15 825 775 875 19 1025 975 1075 23 15 1175 1275 27 1425 1375 1475 33 1725 1675 1775 25 25 25 M6 H1 M8 ø12 A B 25 25 450 575 525 650 230 260 30 570 600 68 Doors Number of modules C D E H 7 420-284 450 11 620 200 484 650 15 820 400 684 850 19 1020 600 884 1050 23 10 800 1084 1250 27 1420-1284 1450 33 1720-1584 1750 D E C H = 68 E C H = 68 210 95 420 68 60 420 320/570 600 55 60 320/570 600 7 modules 11-23 modules 193

Dimensions (mm) Pragma C IP55 enclosures 2.1 285 216 127.5 47 148.5 125 H 46 ø30 26 285 148.5 70 230 Number of ranges A H 1 10941 150 279 2 10942 275 404 3 10943 400 529 4 10944 525 654 125 20 A 35 3 x 29 8 x ø23 62.5 4 x ø29 59.5 167 Adjustable DIN rail height within the enclosure 39 39 X2 X1 47.5 72 X1 = 47.5 X2 = 71.5 194

195 Dimensions (mm) UP IP66 enclosures Part N o. 02504/02514 02505/02515 02506/02516 02507/02517 02508/02518 H 400 500 600 700 800 L 300 400 400 500 600 P 200 200 250 300 300 J 375 475 575 675 775 K 150 250 250 350 450 A 325 425 525 625 725 I 5 325 325 425 525 F 380 480 580 680 780 G 260 360 360 460 560 C 137 112 170 145 195 K P L G I ø8 M H J M8 F A

196

Schneider Electric Overview Section nine 197

Schneider Electric An overview Schneider Electrics expertise is founded on its three international brands Merlin Gerin, Square D and Telemecanique. With over 100 years experience in the electrical industry, Schneider Electric has established itself as a world and UK leader in the supply and manufacture of products for the distribution, monitoring and control of electrical power. Schneider Electric regards its customers as commercial partners, who, like us, demand the highest standards of excellence in terms of products, projects and services. Schneider Electric is proud to provide the solutions to meet their needs. Schneider Electric operates the largest, dedicated sales force in the UK electrical industry. Sales engineers have specialist expertise and an understanding of the customer needs within each of the following market sectors: Building systems and solutions Industrial systems and solutions Energy and infrastructure systems and solutions 198

Schneider Electric An overview Building systems and solutions The real reason for putting technology into buildings is to simplify tasks, enhance safety and improve the quality of life. Schneider Electric knows this and has created attractive, functional products for the residential building sector. Well being comfort and entertainment are key concepts in this area. The same objectives apply to commercial buildings such as offices, hotels, shopping centres, hospitals, schools and care facilities for the elderly. Schneider Electric offer a wide range of solutions in the area of building management services and uses its expertise in all of these buildings to protect people and equipment. Schneider Electric means greater comfort, lower operating costs and enhanced safety. Related industries Retail Education Health Principal customers in the construction market Contracting authorities Main contractors Building engineers Entertainment centres Offices Warehouses Agriculture Factory Private residential Public residential 199

Schneider Electric An overview Industrial systems and solutions Schneider Electric focus on performance in all areas of industry. Our products and services adapt to each specific business and environment, from discrete manufacturing and production lines to continuous processes in a wide variety of industries such as: Automotive Food and beverage Pharmaceuticals Construction materials Waste management Across a wide range of applications including: Conveyors Packaging Materials handling Hoisting 200

Schneider Electric An overview Energy infrastructure systems and solutions Schneider Electric is involved in the entire electrical distribution chain from power plants to end users. Customer demand for complete availability, uncompromising quality and absolute safety has made the search for excellence our key mission. Today, electrical substation and network protection, monitoring and control are highly effective in reducing outage time. Proven technologies offer a wide range of simple, efficient and flexible solutions for optimised, step by step investments. Infrastructure Schneider Electric is involved in developing infrastructure and transportation systems around the world. In areas where no failures can be tolerated, such as road and rail equipment, harbour installations and airports, Schneider Electric provides solutions in electrical distribution, control and monitoring, automation and supervision. Key markets Electricity distribution Water Rail Airports Seaports Defence Gas Telecommunications Road Principal customers in the electric power market Power suppliers involved in generation and distribution Utility companies Major contractors Large end user sites Government departments 201

Schneider Electric An overview Projects & Services - delivering tailored solutions for your business We provide solutions enabling you to reduce the total cost and lifetime ownership risk of your electrical distribution and automation systems, whilst fulfiling your ongoing quality, safety and environmental obligations. Choice of services Our services aim to add value to each project phase, but the choice of services you use is entirely yours. You may want a full set of services that together provide a package of support covering the entire lifecycle of your project, or you can select a combination of services to complement your resources or knowledge. If you are not sure of what you need, our consultation services will help you to define the parameters of your solution. Consultation These services provide you with an assured way to road map your project. We take your ideas and requirements and apply our wide range of application experience and technical competence to produce conceptual designs and indicative costings. training Projects consultation & Services design m o d e r n i s a Design Using the analysis from the consultation phase, or information that you may provide, the design phase selects the most suitable equipment and provides detailed drawings and technical specifications. t i o n implementation Implementation This is often the most time-pressured stage of a project when schedules demand fast implementation and commissioning. These services provide high quality installation and commissioning, preceded by thorough preparation. o p e r a t i o n Operation Efficient operation is vital to derive the best value from your investment. These services ensure that installations achieve the highest operational efficiency and are cost effectively maintained with minimum downtime. Modernisation Faulty or ageing equipment can be refurbished and repaired if this is the most cost effective action. Training A wide range of training services are available including product standards and legislation. Each is regularly updated to stay current with the latest technology. Training can be delivered at a Schneider Electric training facility, or at a customer s own site. 202

Comprehensive quick reference index Section ten Note For items without a page number please see MGD5336* This contains information on MCCB connection systems 15-2000A. Please visit www.schneider.co.uk to download the relevant information. *This reference will change after October 2005 to MGLV5751 203

Index By part number Part Description Page N o. Part Description Page N o. BP C60HB101 C60HB102 C60HB104 C60HB106 C60HB110 C60HB116 C60HB120 C60HB125 C60HB132 C60HB140 C60HB150 C60HB163 C60HB201 C60HB202 C60HB204 C60HB206 C60HB210 C60HB216 C60HB0 C60HB5 C60HB232 C60HB240 C60HB250 C60HB263 C60HB301 C60HB302 C60HB304 C60HB306 C60HB310 C60HB316 C60HB320 C60HB325 C60HB332 C60HB340 C60HB350 C60HB363 C60HB401 C60HB402 C60HB404 C60HB406 C60HB410 C60HB416 C60HB420 C60HB425 C60HB432 C60HB440 C60HB450 C60HB463 C60HC101 C60HC102 C60HC104 C60HC106 C60HC10R100 C60HC10R30 C60HC10RA30 C60HC110 C60HC116 C60HC120 C60HC125 C60HC132 C60HC140 C60HC150 C60HC163 C60HC16R100 C60HC16R30 C60HC16RA30 C60HC201 C60HC202 C60HC204 C60HC206 C60HC20R100 C60HC20R30 C60HC20RA30 C60HC210 C60HC216 C60HC0 C60HC5 C60HC232 C60HC240 C60HC250 C60HC263 C60HC301 5 blanking plates 1P 1A mcb type B 1P 2A mcb type B 1P 4A mcb type B 1P 6A mcb type B 1P 10A mcb type B 1P 16A mcb type B 1P 20A mcb type B 1P 25A mcb type B 1P 32A mcb type B 1P 40A mcb type B 1P 50A mcb type B 1P 63A mcb type B 2P 1A mcb type B 2P 2A mcb type B 2P 4A mcb type B 2P 6A mcb type B 2P 10A mcb type B 2P 16A mcb type B 2P 20A mcb type B 2P 25A mcb type B 2P 32A mcb type B 2P 40A mcb type B 2P 50A mcb type B 2P 63A mcb type B 3P 1A mcb type B 3P 2A mcb type B 3P 4A mcb type B 3P 6A mcb type B 3P 10A mcb type B 3P 16A mcb type B 3P 20A mcb type B 3P 25A mcb type B 3P 32A mcb type B 3P 40A mcb type B 3P 50A mcb type B 3P 63A mcb type B 4P 1A mcb type B 4P 2A mcb type B 4P 4A mcb type B 4P 6A mcb type B 4P 10A mcb type B 4P 16A mcb type B 4P 20A mcb type B 4P 25A mcb type B 4P 32A mcb type B 4P 40A mcb type B 4P 50A mcb type B 4P 63A mcb type B 1P 1A mcb type C 1P 2A mcb type C 1P 4A mcb type C 1P 6A mcb type C RCBO 10A 100MA Type C RCBO 10A 30MA Type C RCBO 10A 30mA Class A Type C 1P 10A mcb type C 1P 16A mcb type C 1P 20A mcb type C 1P 25A mcb type C 1P 32A mcb type C 1P 40A mcb type C 1P 50A mcb type C 1P 63A mcb type C RCBO 16A 100MA TypeC RCBO 16A 30MA Type C RCBO 16A 30mA Class A Type C 2P 1A mcb type C 2P 2A mcb type C 2P 4A mcb type C 2P 6A mcb type C RCBO 20A 100MA Type C RCBO 20A 30MA Type C RCBO 20A 30mA Class A Type C 2P 10A mcb type C 2P 16A mcb type C 2P 20A mcb type C 2P 25A mcb type C 2P 32A mcb type C 2P 40A mcb type C 2P 50A mcb type C 2P 63A mcb type C 3P 1A mcb type C 11,18 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 C60HC302 C60HC304 C60HC306 C60HC310 C60HC316 C60HC320 C60HC325 C60HC32R100 C60HC32R30 C60HC32RA30 C60HC332 C60HC340 C60HC350 C60HC363 C60HC45R100 C60HC45R30 C60HC45RA30 C60HC6R100 C60HC6R30 C60HD101 C60HD102 C60HD104 C60HD106 C60HD110 C60HD116 C60HD120 C60HD125 C60HD132 C60HD140 C60HD150 C60HD163 C60HD201 C60HD202 C60HD204 C60HD206 C60HD210 C60HD216 C60HD0 C60HD5 C60HD232 C60HD240 C60HD250 C60HD263 C60HD301 C60HD302 C60HD304 C60HD306 C60HD310 C60HD316 C60HD320 C60HD325 C60HD332 C60HD340 C60HD350 C60HD363 MBBN24C MG125SPEV MG12EE MG16C14 MG16C14T MG16CEM4 MG16CEX4 MG18EE MG24EE MG250SPEV MG25C2 MG25C2M MG25C4 MG25C4M MG25EXC MG25FCC2 MG25FCC4 MG2C13 MG2C250FS MG2C5 MG2C7 MG2C9 MG36EE MG48EE MG54EE MG64M MG66M MG6C12 3P 2A mcb type C 3P 4A mcb type C 3P 6A mcb type C 3P 10A mcb type C 3P 16A mcb type C 3P 20A mcb type C 3P 25A mcb type C RCBO 32A 100mA Type C RCBO 32A 30mA Type C RCBO 32A 30mA Class A Type C 3P 32A mcb type C 3P 40A mcb type C 3P 50A mcb type C 3P 63A mcb type C RCBO 45A 100mA Type C RCBO 45A 30mA Type C RCBO 45A 30mA Class A Type C RCBO 6A 100mA Type C RCBO 6A 30mA Type C 1P 1A mcb type D 1P 2A mcb type C 1P 4A mcb type C 1P 6A mcb type C 1P 10A mcb type C 1P 16A mcb type C 1P 20A mcb type C 1P 25A mcb type C 1P 32A mcb type C 1P 40A mcb type C 1P 50A mcb type C 1P 63A mcb type C 2P 1A mcb type C 2P 2A MCB 2P 4A MCB 2P 6A MCB 2P 10A MCB 2P 16A MCB 2P 20A MCB 2P 25A MCB 2P 32A MCB 2P 40A MCB 2P 50A MCB 2P 63A MCB 3P 1A MCB 3P 2A MCB 3P 4A MCB 3P 6A MCB 3P 10A MCB 3P 16A MCB 3P 20A MCB 3P 25A MCB 3P 32A MCB 3P 40A MCB 3P 50A MCB 3P 63A MCB Door and cover for MGB24N 125A single phasing kit 12 way extra earth bar Powerpact 4 1600A 14 way Panelboard Powerpact 4 1600A 14 way Panelboard- top entry Powerpact 4 side extension panel 400W Powerpact 4 side extension panel 400W with metering facility 18 way extra earth bar 24 way extra earth bar 250A single phasing kit Powerboard 250A 9 SP ways Powerboard 250A 9 SP ways with metering facility Powerboard 250A 13 SP ways Powerboard 250A 13 SP ways with metering facility Panelboard extension box for MG25P2 Powerpact 4 door & cover 9 way Powerpact 4 door & cover 13 way Panelboard 250A 13 way Powerpact 4 fuse incomer for 250A Panelboard 250A 5 way Panelboard 250A 7 way Panelboard 250A 9 way 36 way extra earth bar 48 way extra earth bar 54 way extra earth bar Powerpact 4 400A metering kit Powerpact 4 630A metering kit Panelboard 630A 36 SP ways 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 20 19 16 16 16 19 16 16 16 204

Index By part number Part Description Page N o. Part Description Page N o. MG6C18 MG6C6 MG6CEX MG6FCC12 MG6FCC18 MG6FCC6 MG6PAC12 MG6PAC18 MG6PAC24 MG6PAC30 MG6PAC6 MG6PACN MG6PAFC12 MG6PAFC18 MG6PAFC6 MG6PANKIT MG72EE MG88M MG8C12 MG8C12T MG8C18 MG8C18T MG8C6 MG8C6T MG8FCC12 MG8FCC18 MG8FCC6 MG8PAC12 MG8PAC18 MG8PAC24 MG8PAC30 MG8PAC6 MG8PACN3 MG8PACN4 MG8PANKIT MGACE MGALK MGAN1010MS MGAN12 MGAN18MS MGAN126MS MGAN12C MGAN12FK MGAN12P MGAN12PS MGAN15 MGAN15C MGAN15FK MGAN15P MGAN15PS MGAN23 MGAN23C MGAN24FK MGAN416MS MGAN46DS MGAN46SL MGAN48SL MGAN520MS MGAN6 MGAN66DS MGAN66SL MGAN6C MGAN6FK MGAN6P MGAN6PS MGAN716MS MGAN76DS MGAN9 MGAN912MS MGAN96MS MGAN9C MGAN9FK MGAN9P MGAN9PS MGANWL MGBGPEXN MGBL MGBN100CCI MGBN12 MGBN12C MGBN12E MGBN12HDGK MGBN12P Panelboard 630A 54 SP ways Panelboard 630A 18 SP ways Panelboard top/bott 200mm extension Cover 630A 36 way panelboard Cover 630A 54 way panelboard Cover 630A 18 way panelboard Outgoing pan assembly 630A 36 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 630A 54 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 630A 72 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 630A 90 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 630A 18 SP ways Incoming pan assembly 630A Cover 630/800A 36 way pan assembly Cover 630/800A 54 way pan assembly Cover 630/800A 18 way pan assembly 18 way neutral bar kit 630A 72 way extra earth bar Powerpact 4 800A metering kit Panelboard 800A 12 way Panelboard 800A 12 way top entry Panelboard 800A 18 way Panelboard 800A 18 way top entry Panelboard 800A 6 way Panelboard 800A 6 way top entry Cover for 800A 36 way panelboard Cover for 800A 54 way panelboard Cover for 800A 18 way panelboard Outgoing pan assembly 800A 36 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 800A 54 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 800A 72 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 800A 90 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 800A 18 SP ways Incoming pan assembly NS800 3P Incoming pan assembly NS800 4P 18 way neutral bar kit 800A Clean earth kit A M4 & M6 Allen key kit 10 way + 5 SP way DIN rail dist. board 12 way SP Distribution Board 12 way+14 SP way DIN rail dist. board 12 way + 3 SP way DIN rail dist. board Door and cover for MGA12N Flush mounting kit for A type A board replacement pan ass 12 way pan ass 12 way SP&N black sliders 15 way SP Distribution Board Door and cover for MGA15N Flush mounting kit for A type A board replacement pan ass 15 way pan ass 15 way SP&N black sliders 23 way SP Distribution Board Door and cover for MGA23N Flush mounting kit for A type 4 way + 8 SP way DIN rail dist. board 4 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board 4+6 way SP&N split load dist. board 4+8 way SP&N split load dist. board 5 way + 10 SP way DIN rail dist. board 6 way SP Distribution Board 6 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board 6+6 way SP&N split load dist. board Door and cover for MGA6N Flush mounting kit for A type A board replacement pan ass 6 way pan ass 6 way SP&N black sliders 7 way + 8 SP way DIN rail dist. board 7 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board 9 way SP Distribution Board 9 way + 6 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 way + 3 SP way DIN rail dist. board Door and cover for MGA9N Flush mounting kit for A type A board replacement pan ass 9 way pan ass 9 way SP&N black sliders A board spare labels Gland plate for Isobar 4 extension box Key lock for new Isobar door catch Isobar 4 contactor incomer kit 12 way TP Distribution Board Doo and cover for MGB12N pan ass 12 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 12 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board B board replacement pan ass 12 way 12,19 11 11 9 8 9 9 20 11 20 114 8 20 11 20 114 8 20 11 9 9 8 8 9 8 9 8 20 11 20 114 9 9 8 9 9 20 11 20 114 11 18 11,15,18,124 17 12 20 115 13 20 MGBN12PE MGBN12PS MGBN12SXP MGBN12SXS MGBN16 MGBN16C MGBN16E MGBN16HDGK MGBN16P MGBN16PE MGBN16PS MGBN16SXP MGBN16SXS MGBN18 MGBN18C MGBN18E MGBN18P MGBN18PS MGBN24 MGBN24E MGBN24P MGBN24PE MGBN24PS MGBN24SXP MGBN24SXS MGBN4 MGBN4C MGBN4E MGBN4P MGBN4PS MGBN4SXP MGBN4SXS MGBN6 MGBN6C MGBN6E MGBN6HDGK MGBN6P MGBN6PE MGBN6PS MGBN8 MGBN8C MGBN8E MGBN8HDGK MGBN8P MGBN8PE MGBN8PS MGBN8SXP MGBN8SXS MGBNBCE25 MGBNBCE7 MGBNEX034N MGBNEXA15N MGBNEXN MGBNGPN MGBNKWH MGBNSJK MGBNTJKN MGBNWL MGE0632C MGE0633C MGE0634C MGE0634EC MGE1002C MGE1003C MGE1003SC MGE1004C MGE1004EC MGE1004SC MGE1004SEC MGE1252C MGE1253C MGE1254C MGE1254EC MGE1602C MGE1603C MGE1603SC MGE1604C MGE1604EC MGE1604SC MGE1604SEC MGE2003C MGE2004C MGE2004EC pan ass 12 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate pan ass 12 way TP&N black sliders 51 SP way steel encl plain front cover 51 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 16 way TP Distribution Board Door and cover for MGB16N pan ass 16 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 16 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board B board replacement pan ass 16 way pan ass 16 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate pan ass 16 way TP&N black sliders 68 SP way steel encl plain front cover 68 way steel enclslotted front cover 18 way TP&N metal distribution board Door and cover for MGB18N pan ass 18 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate B board replacement pan ass 18 way pan ass 18 way TP&N black sliders 24 way TP Distribution Board pan ass 24 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate B board replacement pan ass 24 way pan ass 24 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate pan ass 24 way TP&N black sliders 85 SP way steel encl plain front cover 85 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 4 way TP Distribution Board Door and cover for MGB4N pan ass 4 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate B board replacement pan ass 4 way pan ass 4 way TP&N black sliders 34 SP way steel encl plain front cover 34 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 6 way TP Distribution Board Doo and cover for MGB6N pan ass 6 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 6 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board B board replacement pan ass 6 way pan ass 6 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate pan ass 6 way TP&N black sliders 8 way TP Distribution Board Door and cover for MGB8N pan ass 8 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 8 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board B board replacement pan ass 8 way pan ass 8 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate pan ass 8 way TP&N black sliders 34 SP way steel encl plain front cover 34 SP way steel enclslotted front cover Spare earth/clean earth B boards Spare earth/clean earth B boards 34 way mod extension box 15 way SP&N extension box Type B board extension box + plain cover Isobar 4 B board top/bottom gland plate Kilowatt Hour Metering kit for MG B Side joining kit Joining kit B board top/bottom B board self labels Enclosed MCCB 63A 2P Enclosed MCCB 63A 3P Enclosed MCCB 63A 4P Enclosed MCCB 63A 4P + earth fault Enclosed MCCB 100A 2P Enclosed MCCB 100A 3P Enclosed switch disconnector 100A 3P Enclosed MCCB 100A 4P Enc MCCB 100A 4P + earth fault Enc switch disconnector 100A 4P Enclosed switch 100A 4P + earth fault Enclosed MCCB 125A 2P Enclosed MCCB 125A 3P Enclosed MCCB 125A 4P Enclosed switch 125A 4P + earth fault Enclosed MCCB 160A 2P Enclosed MCCB 160A 3P Enclosed switch 160A 3P Enclosed MCCB 160A 4P Enc MCCB 160A 4P + earth fault Enclosed switch 160A 4P Enclosed switch 160A 4P + earth fault Enclosed MCCB 200A 3P Enclosed MCCB 200A 4P Enclosed MCCB 200A 4P + earth fault 115 114 16,125 16,125 12 20 115 13 20 115 114 16,125 16,125 12 20 115 20 114 12 115 20 115 114 16,125 16,125 12 20 115 20 114 16,125 16,125 12 20 115 13 20 115 114 12 20 115 13 20 115 114 16,125 16,125 19 19 17 17 17 18 17 12,19 12,19 18 205

Index By part number Part Description Page N o. Part Description Page N o. MGE2503C MGE2503SC MGE2504C MGE2504EC MGE2504SC MGE2504SEC MGE4003C MGE4003SC MGE4004C MGE4004EC MGE4004SC MGE4004SEC MGE6303C MGE6303SC MGE6304C MGE6304EC MGE6304SC MGE6304SEC MGES063 MGES063R MGES100 MGES100R MGES160 MGES160R MGES250 MGES250R MGES320 MGES320R MGES400 MGES400R MGES500 MGES500R MGES630 MGES630R MGEX160C MGEX250C MGEX630C MGFA0201C MGFA0203C MGFA0321C MGFA0323C MGFA0631C MGFA0633C MGFA1001C MGFA1003C MGFB20007C MGFB20012C MGFB20018C MGFB40007C MGFB40012C MGFB40018C MGFB63007C MGFB63012C MGFB63018C MGFC200 MGFC400 MGFC630 MGFD1003C MGFD1603C MGFD2503C MGFD4003C MGFD5003C MGFD6303C MGFK200 MGFK400 MGFK630 MGFL0201C MGFL0203C MGFL0321C MGFL0323C MGFL0631C MGFL0633C MGFL1001C MGFL1003C MGFQ100 MGFQ160 MGFQ250 MGFQ400 MGFQ630 MGFS1003C MGFS1603C MGFS2003C MGFS2503C Enclosed MCCB 250A 3P Enclosed switch 250A 3P Enclosed MCCB 250A 4P Enclosed MCCB 250A 4P + earth fault Enclosed switch 250A 4P Enclosed switch 250A 4P + earth fault Enclosed MCCB 400A 3P Enclosed switch 400A 3P Enclosed MCCB 400A 4P Enclosed MCCB 400A 4P + earth fault Enclosed switch 400A 4P Enclosed switch 400A 4P + earth fault Enclosed MCCB 630A 3P Enclosed switch 630A 3P Enclosed MCCB 630A 4P Enclosed MCCB 630A 4P + earth fault Enclosed switch 630A 4P Enclosed switch 630A 4P + earth fault Enclosed Interpact 63A Enclosed Interpact 63A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 100A Enclosed Interpact 100A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 160A Enclosed Interpact 160A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 250A Enclosed Interpact 250A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 320A Enclosed Interpact 320A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 400A Enclosed Interpact 400A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 500A Enclosed Interpact 500A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 630A Enclosed Interpact 630A red/yellow handle Safepact extension 100mm 63-250A Safepact extension 200mm 63-250A Safepact extension 200mm 630A Switch disconnector fuse 20A SP&SwN Switch disconnector fuse 20A TP&N Switch disconnector fuse 32A SP&SwN Switch disconnector fuse 32A TP&N Switch disconnector fuse 63A SP&SwN Switch disconnector fuse 63A TP&N Switch disconnector fuse 100A SP&SwN Switch disconnector fuse 100A TP&N Busbar chamber 200A 750mm Busbar chamber 200A 1200mm Busbar chamber 200A 1800mm Busbar chamber 400A 750mm Busbar chamber 400A 1200mm Busbar chamber 400A 1800mm Busbar chamber 630A 750mm Busbar chamber 630A 1200mm Busbar chamber 630A 1800mm Busbar cable connection kit 200A Busbar cable connection kit 400A Busbar cable connection kit 630A Switch disconnector 100A TP&N Switch disconnector 160A TP&N Switch disconnector 250A TP&N Switch disconnector 400A TP&N Switch disconnector 500A TP&N Switch disconnector# 630A TP&N Busbar interconnection kit 200A Busbar interconnection kit 400A Busbar interconnection kit 630A Switch disconnector 20A SP&SwN Switch disconnector 20A TP&N Switch disconnector 32A SP&SwN Switch disconnector 32A TP&N Switch disconnector 63A SP&SwN Switch disconnector 63A TP&N Switch disconnector 100A SP&SwN Switch disconnector 100A TP&N Set of 3 copper links 100A Set of 3 copper links 160A Set of 3 copper links 250A Set of 3 copper links 400A Set of 3 copper links 630A Fuse switch disconnector 100A TP&N Fuse switch disconnector 160A TP&N Fuse switch disconnector 200A TP&N Fuse switch disconnector 250A TP&N MGFS3153C MGFS4003C MGFS5003C MGFS6303C MGFX100C MGFX160C MGFX250C MGFX500C MGFX630C MGFZ160 MGFZ250 MGFZ630 MGFZ630T MGI1252 MGI1253N MGI1254 MGK33 MGLA MGLAP MGN16DE MGNDE MGN28DE MGN34DE MGN56DE MGNA12 MGNA15 MGNA24 MGNA4 MGNA6 MGNA7 MGNA9 MGNB12 MGNB16 MGNB18 MGNB24 MGNB4 MGNB6 MGNB8 MGNCB1004 MGNCB1604 MGNCB2004 MGNCB2504 MGNDSI MGNI1603 MGNI1604 MGNI160RCCB MGNI2003 MGNI2004 MGNI54 MGNI2503 MGNI2504 MGNPBN250TB MGP0161 MGP0162 MGP0163 MGP0164 MGP0251 MGP0252 MGP0253 MGP0254 MGP0301 MGP0302 MGP0323 MGP0324 MGP0401 MGP0402 MGP0403 MGP0404 MGP0631 MGP0632 MGP0633 MGP0634 MGP0801 MGP0802 MGP0803 MGP0804 MGP1001 MGP1002 MGP1003 MGP1003NA MGP1004 MGP1004NA MGP1013 Fuse switch disconnector 315A TP&N Fuse switch disconnector 400A TP&N Fuse switch disconnector 500A TP&N Fuse switch disconnector 630A TP&N Cable box 100A Cable box 160A Cable box 250A Cable box 315/400/500A Cable box 630A Fuse switch connection kit 100, 160A Fuse switch connection kit 250A Fuse switch connection 315-630A bottom Fuse switch connection 315-630A top 125A 2P switch disconnector 125A 3P switch disconnector 125A 4P switch disconnector 2 keys for distribution board & panelboard Locking attachment Padlock for MGLA 16 MOD steel enclosure MOD steel enclosure 28 MOD steel enclosure 34 MOD steel enclosure 56 MOD steel enclosure Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit 100A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 160A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 200A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 250A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer Dual incoming unit for B board 160A 3P+N switch disconnector incomer 160A 4P switch disconnector 160A switch disconnector + earth fault 200A 3P switch disconnector 200A 4P switch disconnector 5A 4P switch disconnector 250A 3P switch disconnector 250A 4P switch disconnector 250A terminal block w/o extension box Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 30A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 30A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 32A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 32A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 3P Powerpact 4 100A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 4P Powerpact 4 100A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 3P 10 14 14 18 28 28 11, 124 11, 124 11, 124 11, 124 11, 124 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 15 15 15 15 15 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 X 206

Index By part number Part Description Page N o. Part Description Page N o. MGP1014 MGP1251 MGP1252 MGP1253 MGP1254 MGP1601 MGP1602 MGP1603 MGP1603NA MGP1604 MGP1604NA MGP2003 MGP2004 MGP2503 MGP2503LL MGP2503NA MGP2503NAT MGP2503T MGP2504 MGP2504LL MGP2504NA MGP2504NAT MGP2504T MGP250NL MGP4003 MGP4003NA MGP4003NAT MGP4003T MGP4004 MGP4004NA MGP4004NAT MGP4004T MGP6303 MGP6303NA MGP6303NAT MGP6303T MGP6304 MGP6304NA MGP6304NAT MGP6304T MGP630NL MGP8003B5 MGP8003NA MGP8004B5 MGP8004NA MGPBB25 MGPBBP MGPC2025 MGPC2050 MGPC4025 MGPC4050 MGPCH12 MGPCH18 MGPCH6 MGPCM12L MGPCM12R MGPCM18L MGPCM18R MGPCM6L MGPCM6R MGPE0163 MGPE0253 MGPE0403 MGPE0633 MGPE0803 MGPE1003 MGPE1253 MGPGPC8 MGPINC MGPL MGPLSK MGPP4S007 MGPXC206 MGPXC212 MGPXC218 MGPXC506 MGPXC512 MGPXC518 MGPXCA6 MGPXCB12 MGTB1001 MGTB1252 MGTB1254 Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 3P Powerpact 4 160A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 4P Powerpact 4 160A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 200A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 200A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 3P Powerpact 4 lug unit 3P Powerpact 4 250A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 250A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 4P Powerpact 4 lug unit 4P Powerpact 4 250A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 250A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 4P Powerpact 4 neutral link 250A Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 3P Powerpact 4 400A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 400A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 4P Powerpact 4 400A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 400A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 3P Powerpact 4 630A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 630A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 4P Powerpact 4 630A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 630A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 4P Powerpact 4 neutral link 630A Powerpact 4 800A 3P incoming Powerpact 4 800A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 800A 4P incoming Powerpact 4 800A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 25mm blank plate Powerpact 4 SP blank plate PP4 Panelboard corner unit 200H x 250W PP4 Panelboard corner unit 200H x 500W PP4 Panelboard corner unit 400H x 250W PP4 Panelboard corner unit 400H x 500W Powerpact 4 shrouding kit 12 way Powerpact 4 shrouding kit 18 way Powerpact 4 shrouding kit 6 way 12 way left hand metering box 12 way right hand metering box 18 way left hand metering box 18 way right hand metering box 6 way left hand metering box 6 way right hand metering box Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 16kA 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 16kA 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 16kA 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 16kA 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 16kA 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 16kA 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 16kA 3P Gland pl for Powerpact 4 630/800A Powerpact 4 direct incomer 630A Padlock with 2 keys Spare key Powerpact 4 door lock up to 800A Powerpact 4 MG6P6 250mm extension Powerpact 4 MG6P12 250mm extension Powerpact 4 MG6P18 250mm extension Powerpact 4 MG6P6 500mm extension Powerpact 4 MG6P21 500mm extension Powerpact 4 MG6P18 500mm extension Powerpact 4 ICDSN unit for 6 way Panelboard ICDSN unit for 12 way 100A 1P terminal block 125A 2P terminal block 125A 4P terminal block 76 76 18 10 15 MGTB2504 MGV250102 MGV630302 MGV630304 MGV631002 MGV633002 MGV633004 MSIS95AN NKIT PM700 PM700P PM710 PRGPM RMG1000302 RMG1001002 RMG1001002S RMG1003002 RMG160102 RMG250102 RMG250302 RMG250304 RMG253004 RMG400302 RMG400304 RMG403002 RMG403004 RMG630302 RMG630304 RMG631002 RMG631004 RMG633002 RMG633004 RMG800302 RMG801002 RMG803002 2499 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2510 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2520 2521 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2530 2554 2556 2557 2560 4012 4013 4014 45 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4590 4629 5056 5114 5115 5116 5196 54 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 250A 4P terminal block 25A 10MA 2P Vigi 63A 30MA 2P Vigi 63A 30MA 4P Vigi 63A 100MA 2P Vigi 63A 300MA 2P Vigi 63A 300MA 4P Vigi 250A Incoming components for MG pan assembley Pack of 4 neutral links PowerLogic Meter PowerLogic Meter PowerLogic Meter Gland plate metal 100A 30MA 2P RCD 100A 100MA 2P RCD 2P 100A 100MA 100A 300MA 2P RCD 16A 10MA 2P RCD 25A 10MA 2P 25A 30MA 2P RCD 25A 30MA 4P RCD 25A 300MA 4P RCD 40A 30MA 2P RCB 40A 30MA 4P RCD 40A 300MA 2P RCB 40A 300MA 4P RCD 63A 30MA 2P RCB 63A 30MA 4P RCD 63A 100MA 2P RCB 63A 100MA 4P RCD 63A 300MA 2P RCD 63A 300MA 4P RCD 80A 30MA 2P RCD 80A 100MA 2P RCD 80A 300MA 2P RCD Aerosol paint - RAL7032 430x330x200mm enclosure and door 530x430x200mm enclosure and door 650x440x250mm enclosure and door 750x540x300mm enclosure and door 850x640x300mm eenclosure and door 1055x850x350mm enclosure and door 430x330x200mm enclosure and door 530x430x200mm enclosure and door 650x440x250mm enclosure and door 750x540x300mm enclosure and door 850x640x300mm enclosure and door 1055x850x350mm enclosure and door External wall fixing lugs Chassis for 430mm high enclosure Chassis for 530mm high enclosure Chassis for 650mm high enclosure Chassis for 750mm high enclosure Chassis for 850mm high enclosure Chassis for 1055mm high enclosure Variable sliders for 200mm enclosure Variable sliders for 250mm enclosure Variable sliders for 300mm enclosure Variable sliders for 350mm enclosure 2P 1P+N Multiclip distribution block 3P Multiclip distribution block 4P 3P+1N Multiclip distribution block Enclosure 300x250x150mm + door Enclosure 400x300x200mm + door Enclosure 500x400x200mm + door Enclosure 600x400x200mm + door Enclosure 700x500x200mm + door Enclosure 800x600x250mm + door Enclosure 1000x800x250mm + door Enclosure external + lugs Enc stackable spacers, H=55mm Enclosure clip-on nuts, M4 (x20) Enclosure clip-on nuts, M5 (x20) Enclosure clip-on nuts, M6 (x20) UT enclosure key lock handle + 2 keys Enclosure stack spacers,m8,h=50mm Prisma GK W-M enclosure 7 mod. Prisma GK W-M enclosure 11 mod. Prisma GK W-M enclosure 15 mod Prisma GK W-M enclosure 19 mod Prisma GK W-M enclosure 23 mod Prisma GK W-M enclosure 27 mod Prisma GK W-M enclosure 33 mod 15 23 23 23 23 23 23 115 11,19,21 43 43 43 127 10,74 74 10,74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 10,74 10,74 10,74 10,74 10,74 10,74 10,74 10,74 10,74 128 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 116 116 116 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 138 132 132 132 128 132 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 207

Index By part number Part Description Page N o. Part Description Page N o. 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5557 5580 6619 7046 7802 7803 7804 7805 7806 7813 7814 9211 9214 9218 9219 90 94 98 9231 9234 9238 9239 9240 9244 9248 9251 9252 9253 9254 9255 9257 9263 9264 9265 9266 9268 9917 10901 10902 10903 10904 10911 10912 10913 10914 13392 13394 13396 13398 13429 13430 13441 13442 13443 13444 13512 13514 13575 13576 13577 13578 13579 13581 13582 135 13584 13585 13586 13587 Prisma GK plain door 7 mod. Prisma GK plain door 11 mod. Prisma GK plain door 15 mod. Prisma GK plain door 19 mod. Prisma GK plain door 23 mod. Prisma GK plain door 27 mod. Prisma GK plain door 33 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 7 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 11 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 15 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 19 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 23 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 27 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 33 mod. Canopy W600 + hardware Prisma GK handle + 2 key 5 Pratic adaptors 12x2 mm flat bar, L=461mm plain front plate 2 mod Plain front plate, 3 mod Plain front plate, 4 mod Plain front plate, 5 mod Plain front plate, 6 mod Prisma front plate 3 mods Prisma front plate 4 mod Perforated mounting plate 300 Perforated mounting plate 400 Perforated mounting plate 500 Perforated mounting plate 600 Perforated mounting plate 700 Perforated mounting plate 800 Perforated mounting plate 1000 Plain mounting plate 300x200 Plain mounting plate 400x300 Plain mounting plate 500x400 Plain mounting plate 600x400 Plain mounting plate 700x500 Plain mounting plate 800x600 Plain mounting plate 1000x800 Vertical uprights 400 nominal Vertical uprights 500 nominal Vertical uprights 600 nominal Vertical uprights 700 nominal Vertical uprights 800 nominal Vertical uprights 1000 nomina 4 Multi fix rails 300 nominal 4 Multi fix rails 400 nominal 4 Multi fix rails 500 nominal 4 Multi fix rails 600 nominal 4 Multi fix rails 800 nominal Set of screw 1 row Pragma C IP40 + door 2 row Pragma C IP40 + door 3 row Pragma C IP40 + door 4 row Pragma C IP40 + door 1 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 2 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 3 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 4 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 2 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 4 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 6 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 8 SP way Mini Opale enclosure Blanking/label 10x5 way Blanking strip 24 way Kaedra 4 mod ins enclosure IP65 Kaedra 6 mod ins enclosure IP65 Kaedra 8 mod ins enclosure IP65 Kaedra 12 mod ins enclosure IP65 125A 4P multi-stage distribution block 125A 4P multi-stage distribution block 80A, 4 hole strip terminal block 80A terminal bock 8 hole 80A terminal bock 16 hole 80A, hole strip terminal block 80A terminal bock 32 hole 80A terminal bock 32 hole 4/8 hole terminal block yell/gr cover IP2 cover for terminal block grn 4/8 hole terminal block red cover IP2 cover for terminal block red 8 hole terminal block blue cover IP2 cover for block blue 16 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 119 116 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 77,124 77,124 77,124 77,124 127 127 77,131 77,131 77,131 77,131 117 117 126,130,131 126,130,131 126,130,131 126,130,131 126,130,131 126,130,131 131 131 131 131 131 131 13589 13600 13625 13665 13730 13811 13812 13813 13814 13815 13816 13841 13842 13843 13844 13845 13846 13851 13852 13853 13854 13855 13856 13861 13863 13864 13866 13871 13875 13876 13877 13879 13880 13947 13948 14181 14190 14210 14211 14599 14603 14801 14802 14803 14804 14811 14812 14813 14814 14818 14880 14881 14882 148 14884 14885 14886 14887 14888 14890 14891 14892 14893 14894 14915 14936 14937 14938 14939 14949 14962 14963 14964 14965 14975 14976 14977 14979 14989 15005 15006 15007 15008 IP2 cover for block blue 16 Sloping terminal block support Key lock for IP55 pragma c/d Pragma C enclosure lock + key Blanking strip grey 10x5 Mod 1 row Pragma metal enclosure 2 row Pragma metal enclosure 3 row Pragma metal enclosure 4 row Pragma enclosure 5 row Pragma enclosure 6 row Pragma enclosure 1 row Pragma enclosure + door 2 row Pragma enclosure + door 3 row Pragma enclosure + door 4 row Pragma enclosure + door 5 row Pragma enclosure + door 6 row Pragma enclosure + door 1 row Pragma enclosure + door 2 row Pragma enclosure + door 3 row Pragma enclosure + door 4 row Pragma enclosure + door 5 row Pragma enclosure + door 6 row Pragma enclosure + door Interpact mounting/front plate NS mounting plate & front plate Pragma slotted mounting plate Connections to Polybloc 1 row plain front plate 160A connection blocks Earth/neutral terminal block Enclosure door lock key No. 405 Label strip 24 pole Enclosure touch up paint Kaedra sealing kit Lock & key for IP65 Mini Pragma 4 wall mounting brackets Glands for Kaedra Prisma P window 10 mod Prisma P DIN rail support 10 mod 4 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure 5 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure 1P comb busbar, 108x9mm 2P comb busbar, 108x9mm 3P comb busbar, 108x9mm 3P+N comb busbar, 108x9mm 1P comb busbar, 27mm pitch 2P comb busbar, 27mm pitch 3P comb busbar, 27mm pitch 4P comb busbar, 27mm pitch Comb busbar end and tooth caps 1P+N comb busbar, 26x9mm 1P comb busbar, 24x9mm 2P comb busbar, 24x9mm 3P comb busbar, 24x9mm 4P comb busbar, 24x9mm 4 25mm2 insulated connectors End caps 1P/2P/1P+N comb x40 End caps 3P/4P/3P+N comb x40 Tooth caps for comb teeth x40 Comb busbar, 1 P + N, 48x9mm 1P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm 2P comb busbar 2x48mm 3P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm 4P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm Symm/asym rail stops(x10) 1P terminal block 2P terminal block 1P terminal block 2P terminal block 140A 12 hole stepped terminals 80A 4 hole connection strip 80A 7 hole connection strip 80A 11 hole connection strip 125A,14 hole connection strip 80A 4 hole distribution block 125A 6 hole distribution block 125A 10 hole distribution block 125A 14 hole distribution block Blue & yellow/green ident cards 20A 1P (I) switch disconnector 20A 2P (I) switch disconnector 20A 3P (I) switch disconnector 20A 4P (I) switch disconnector 131 131 130 126 128,132 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 77,131 77,131 77,131 77,131 119 119 77,189 77,189 117 117 117 117 109,117 109,117 109,117 109,117 109,117 81,117 117 117 117 117 81,117 117 117 117 81,117 117 117 117 117 118 118 118 118 118 117 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 32 33 33 33 208

Index By part number Part Description Page N o. Part Description Page N o. 15009 15010 15011 15012 15013 15014 15015 15016 15019 15020 15023 15024 15057 15059 15060 15063 15064 15090 15091 15092 15093 15094 15096 15100 15101 15125 15126 15151 15152 15196 15201 15202 15208 15209 15212 15213 15214 15215 15216 15218 15219 150 152 15233 15266 15268 15270 15280 15281 15284 15319 15320 15321 153 15323 15335 15336 15337 15338 15359 15363 15365 15366 15367 15368 15393 15409 15410 15411 15416 15440 15443 15464 15465 15466 15467 15500 15502 15503 15505 15510 15511 15512 32A 1P (I) switch disconnector 32A 2P (I) switch disconnector 32A 3P (I) switch disconnector 32A 4P (I) switch disconnector 63A 1P (I) switch disconnector 63A 2P (I) switch disconnector 63A 3P (I) switch disconnector 63A 4P (I) switch disconnector 40A 4P I switch disconector 40A 2P I switch disconector 40A 3P I switch disconector 40A SP I switch disconector 125A 1P (I) switch disconnector 125A 3P (I) switch disconnector 125A 4P (I) switch disconnector 20A SP I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 20A 2P I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 100A 1P (I) switch disconnector 100A 2P (I) switch disconnector 100A 3P (I) switch disconnector 100A 4P (I) switch disconnector Terminal shield (1P PR) for 100A I switch disconnr auxiliary switch 32A SP I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 32A 2P I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r CMV voltmeter selector switch CMA ammeter selector switch Device holder - mm Device holder - Universal PM9 Multimeter 0-600Vac digital voltmeter 0-10A digital ammeter 20-100Hz digital frequency meter Digital Ammeter range 0-5000A 240-8 - 12Vac 16VA bell transformer 240-8 - 12Vac 4VA bell transformer Bell transformer 4VA 230 / 8 v Bell transformer 25VA 230 / 12-24 v 240-8 - 12Vac 8VA bell transformer 240-12/24Vac 16VA transformer 240-12/24Vac 25VA transformer 240-12/24Vac 40VA transformer 240-12/24Vac 63VA transformer MINp Delay off timer IC2000P light level time switch Photo cell for IC2000 Multi function time switch Memory for MF timeswitch 15270 Photo cell for IC2000 IC200 light sensing switch 63A contactor 2NO+1NC 240V coil SO bell 0/240 Volt SO bell 12 Volt RO buzzer 0/240 Volt RO buzzer 12 Volt 24HR analogue time switch 24HR analogue time switch IH 1c 24hr 150hr reserve 2 chan'l IH 60 minute analogue time switch MIN timer terminal shield MIN time switch 1-7mins IH 24 hour analogue time switch IH 24 hour + 7 day analogue IH 7 day analogue time switch IC2000 light sensitive switch 2A 240Vac RBN changeover relay ATLC+S impulse relay auxiiary ATLC+C impulse relay aux ATLT impulse relay aux RTBT interface relay Hours counter 240V CI Impulse counting module Single phase kilowatt hour meter Three phase kilowatt hour meter Single phase kwh meter Three phase kwh meter 16A 1P 230-240Vac coil TL relay 1P 48Vac 24Vdc TLI relay 16A 1P 24Vac coil TL relay 32A 1P 230-240Vac ETL for TL32 16A 1P 230-240Vac coil TL relay 16A 1P 130Vac 48Vdc TL relay 16A 1P 48Vac 24Vdc TL relay 32 33 33 33 32 33 33 33 33 33 33 32 32 33 33 32 33 32 33 33 33 33 33 32 33 64 64 42 42 63 62 62 62 62 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 58 59 59 57 57 59 59 46 35 35 35 35 55 55 55 55 58 58 55 55 55 59 48 54 54 54 48 68 68 67 67 67 67 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 15513 15514 15515 15516 15517 15518 15520 15521 155 15523 15524 15525 15526 15527 15528 15530 15531 15532 15533 15534 15535 15536 15537 15538 15539 15540 15541 15542 15636 15646 15651 15656 15658 15668 15687 15688 15689 15690 15692 15693 15695 15696 15720 15721 157 15723 15775 15776 15777 15779 15840 15841 15845 15846 15847 15848 15854 15914 15917 15919 15920 15921 159 15923 15957 15958 15959 15960 15961 15962 15963 15964 15966 15967 15968 15969 15971 15972 15973 15974 15975 15977 15978 16A 1P 24vac coil TL relay 16A 1P 12Vac coil TL relay 32A 1P 230-240Vac coil TL relay TLM impulse relay TLS impulse relay TLC impulse relay 16A 2P 230-240vac coil TL relay 16A 2P 130Vac 48Vdc relay 16A 2P 48Vac 24Vdc relay 16A 2P 24Vac coil TL relay 16A 2P 12vac coil TL relay TLc impulse relay 24Vac TLc impulse relay 48Vac TLs impulse relay 24Vac 12Vdc TLs impulse relay 48Vac 24Vdc ETL 230-240Vac coil aux for Tl/TLI 16A 1P 130Vac 48Vdc ETL relay 16A 1P 48Vac 24Vdc ETL relay ETL 24Vac coil aux for TL/TLI 16A 1P 12Vac 6Vdc ETL relay 10A (AC1) 240Vac RLI relay 10A (AC1) 48Vac RLI relay 10A (AC1) 24Vac RLI relay 10A (AC1) 12Vac RLI relay 10A (AC1) 240Vac ERL extension 10A (AC1) 48Vac ERL extension 10A (AC1) 24Vac ERL extension 10A (AC1)12Vac ERL extension 1 pole STI fuse carier 1 pole and neutral STI fuse carier 2 pole STI fuse carrier 3 pole STI fuse carier 3 pole and neutral STI fuse carier Blown fuse indicator PF30 10kA 1P+N surge arrester PF30 10kA 3P+N surge arrester PF30r 10kA 1P+N surge arrester PF30r 10kA 3P+N surge arrester PF15 5kA 1P+N surge arrester PF15 5kA 3P+N surge arrester PF8 2kA 1P+N surge arrester PF8 2kA 3P+N surge arrester 1 channel IHP time switch 1 channel IHP time switch 2 channel IHP time switch 2 channel IHP time switch 2A gg fuse links 10.3x38mm 4A gg fuse links 10.3x38 6A gg fuse links 10.3x38mm 10A gg fuse links 10.3x38mm TH6 thermostat TH3 thermostat TH6 thermostat ground probe TH6 thermostat ambient probe TH6 thermostat outdoor probe TH6 thermostat collar probe IHP 18mm I channel ACTo+F add on aux contact ACTt add on time delay unit ACTp filter 24V devices ACTp filter 240V devices 25A 3/4P contactor screw shield 40/63A 2P contactor screw shield 63A 3/4P contactor screw shield Contactor 16A 2NC 240V ac 25A 1P contactor 240V ac 25A 2P contactor 240Vac coil 25A 2P contactor 240Vac coil 25A 3P contactor 240V coil 25A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 25A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 25A 4P contactor 2NO+2NC 40A 2P contactor 240V coil 40A 3P contactor 240V coil 40A 4P contactor 240V coil 40A 4P contactor 240V coil 63A 2P contactor 240V coil 63A 3P contactor 3NO 240Vac coil 63A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 63A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 63A 4P contactor 2NO+2NC 100A 2P contactor 240V coil 100A 4P contactor 240V coil 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 36 36 36 36 36 36 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 56 56 56 56 36 36 36 36 71 71 71 71 71 71 56 47 47 47 47 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 209

Index By part number Part Description Page N o. Part Description Page N o. 15981 15982 159 15984 15986 15987 15988 16020 160 16023 16024 16025 16026 16029 16030 16031 16032 16033 16034 16035 16036 16037 16038 16039 16040 16041 16042 16043 16044 16045 16060 16061 16065 16066 16067 16068 16069 16070 16111 16113 16115 16116 16118 16120 161 16124 16126 16127 16129 16130 16261 16364 16451 16452 16453 16454 16456 16459 16460 16461 16462 16463 16464 16465 16468 16469 16470 16471 16473 16474 16476 16477 16478 16479 16480 16481 16482 164 16500 16501 16502 16503 16504 25A 2P contactor with manual ctrl Contactor W/MANL 3NO 25A 25A 4P contactor with manual ctrl 40A 2P contactor with manual ctrl 40A 4p contactor 4NO 240Vac coil 63A 2P contactor with manual ctrl 63A 4P contactor with manual ctrl 25A 2P contactor 24Vac coil 25A 4P contactor 24Vac coil 25A 4P contactor 24Vac coil 63A 2P contactor 24V coil 63A 4P contactor 24Vac coil 63A 4P contactor 24Vac coil Ammeter 0-30A direct connection AMP ammeter without scale 5A AMP ammeter scale 0-5A AMP ammeter scale 0-50A AMP ammeter scale 0-75A AMP ammeter scale 0-100A AMP ammeter scale 0-150A AMP ammeter scale 0-200A AMP ammeter scale 0-250A AMP ammeter scale 0-300A AMP ammeter scale 0-400A AMP ammeter scale 0-500A AMP ammeter scale 0-600A AMP ammeter scale 0-800A AMP ammeter scale 0-1000A AMP ammeter scale 0-1500A AMP ammeter scale 0-2000A 0-300V Modular Voltmeter VLT voltmeter 0-500V RTA time delay before ON relay RTB time delay before OFF relay RTC time delay before OFF relay RTH time delay before OFF relay RTL pulsed On and OFF timer RTMF time delay relay 16A contactor 1NC 24Vac coil 16A contactor 1NO 240Vac coil 16A contactor 2NC 24Vac coil 16A contactor 2NC 240Vac+Man 16A contactor 3NC 24Vac coil 16A contactor 3NC 240Vac coil 16A contactor 4NC 24Vac coil 16A contactor 4NC 240Vac coil 16A contactor 1NO+1NC 24Vac 16A contactor 1NO+1NC 240Vac 16A contactor 2NO+2NC 24Vac 16A contactor 2NO+2NC 240Vac 80A 30mA 4P RCCB RMG IH 1c 24hr no reserve CT 50/5 trop 21mm ID 1.25VA CT 75/5 trop 21mm ID 1.5VA CT 100/5 trop 21mm ID 2.5VA CT 125/5 trop 21mm ID 4VA CT 200/5 trop 21mm ID 6VA CT 150/5 trop ID/30x10 5.5VA CT 200/5 trop ID/30x10 7VA CT 250/5 trop ID/30x10 9VA CT 300/5 trop ID/30x10 11VA CT 400/5 trop ID/30x10 15VA CT 500/5 trop ID/30x10 18VA CT 600/5 trop ID/30x10 21.5VA CT 250/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 5VA CT 300/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 8VA CT 400/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 12VA CT 500/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 12VA CT 500/5 trop 51X31/64X11 CT. 600/5 TROP 51X31/64X12 CT 200/5 trop 65x32 slot 2VA CT 250/5 trop 65x32 slot 4VA CT 300/5 trop 65x32 slot 6VA CT 400/5 trop 65x32 slot 7.5VA CT 500/5 trop 65x32 slot 10VA CT 600/5 trop 65x32 slot 10VA CT 800/5 trop 65x32 slot 15VA CT 1000/5 trop 65x32 slot 20VA CT 40/5 trop 21mm ID 1VA CT 50/5 STD 21mm ID 1.25VA CT 75/5 STD 21mm ID 1.5VA CT 100/5 STD 21mm ID 2.5VA CT 125/5 STD 21mm ID 4VA 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 51 51 51 51 51 51 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 14,74 55 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 16505 16506 16509 16510 16511 16512 16513 16514 16515 16518 16519 16520 16521 16523 16524 16528 16529 16530 16531 16532 16533 16534 16535 16537 16538 16540 16541 16542 16543 16544 16545 16547 16548 16549 16550 16551 16552 16553 16557 16558 16559 16562 16563 16564 16567 16568 16569 16572 16573 16574 16577 16578 16579 16581 165 16585 16587 16589 16590 16591 16627 16956 16990 16992 16994 16995 17065 17066 17067 17070 17071 17072 17075 17076 18030 18031 18032 18033 18034 18035 18036 18037 18038 CT 150/5 STD 21mm ID 4VA CT 200/5 STD 21mm ID 6VA CT 150/5 STD ID/30x10 5.5VA CT 200/5 STD ID/30x10 7VA CT 250/5 STD ID/30x10 9VA CT 300/5 STD ID/30x10 11VA CT 400/5 STD ID/30x10 15VA CT 500/5 STD ID/30x10 18VA CT 600/5 STD ID/30x10 21.5VA CT 250/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 5VA CT 300/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 8VA CT 400/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 12VA CT 500/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 12VA CT 500/5 STD 51X31/64X11 CT 600/5 STD 51X31/64X11 CT 300/5 STD 65x32 slot 6VA CT 400/5 STD 65x32 slot 7.5VA CT 500/5 STD 65x32 slot 10VA CT 600/5 STD 65x32 slot 10VA CT 800/5 STD 65x32 slot 15VA CT 1000/5 STD 65x32 slot 20VA CT 1250/5 trop 65x32 slot 25VA CT 1500/5 trop 65x32 slot 30VA CT 1250/5 CT 1500/5 trop 84x34 slot 20VA CT 1250/5 trop 127x38 slot 12VA CT 1500/5 trop 127x38 slot 15VA CT 2000/5 trop 127x38 slot 20VA CT 2500/5 trop 127x38 slot 25VA CT 3000/5 trop 127x38 slot 30VA CT 2500/5 trop 127x52 slot 50VA CT 4000/5 trop 127x52 slot 80VA CT 5000/5 trop 165x55 slot 60VA CT 6000/5 trop 165x55 slot 70VA copper sleeve for 21mm ID CT copper sleeve for mm ID CT CT terminal cover CT terminal cover PRD65r 1P+N surge arrester PRD65r 3P surge arrester PRD65r 3P+N surge arrester PRD40r 1P+N surge arrester PRD40r 3P surge arrester PRD40r 3P+N surge arrester PRD40 1P+N surge arrester PRD40 3P surge arrester PRD40 3P+N surge arrester PRD15 1P+N surge arrester PRD15 3P surge arrester PRD15 3P+N surge arrester PRD8 1P+N surge arrester PRD8 3P surge arrester PRD8 3P+N surge arrester C65r - 275 surge arrester cartridge C40r - 275 surge arrester cartridge C40-275 surge arrester cartridge C15-275 surge arrester cartridge C8-275 surge arrester cartridge C neutral r surge arrester cartridge C neutral surge arrester cartridge Curr transf 250/5 16A 2P contactor 1NO+1NC CDM PIR detector Presence detector CDPt Pressence detector CDPt additional remote ME1 kilowatt hour meter 63A ME1z kilowatt hour meter 63A ME1zr kilowatt hour meter 63A ME4 kilowatt hour meter 63A 6E4zr kilowatt hour meter 63A ME4zrt kilowatt hour meter 63A ME3 kilowatt hour meter 63A ME3zr kilowatt hour meter 63A BP Grey pushbutton 1NC BP Red pushbutton 1NC BP Grey pushbutton 1NO BP Grey pushbutton 1NO + 1NC BP Double pushbutton 1NC + 1NO BP Double pushbutton 1NO + 1NO Grey p/button 1NO+ light Grey p/button 1NC+red light Grey p/button 1NO+green light 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 51 46 60 60 60 60 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 210

Index By part number Part Description Page N o. Part Description Page N o. 18039 18070 18071 18072 18073 18074 108 109 110 111 112 120 121 1 123 124 126 127 130 131 132 133 134 135 194 195 196 197 198 199 18400 18401 18402 18403 18404 18405 18406 18407 18408 18409 18410 18411 18412 18413 18414 18415 18416 18417 18418 18419 18420 18421 184 18423 18424 18425 18426 18427 18428 18429 18430 18431 18432 18433 18434 18435 18436 18437 18438 18439 18440 18441 18442 18443 18444 18445 18446 18447 18448 18449 18450 18451 18452 Grey p/button 1NC+red light CM 2 pos 20A selector switch CM 2 pos 20A selector switch CM 2 pos 20A selector switch CM 3 pos 20A selector switch CM 3 pos 20A selector switch Contactor auxiliary ACTC Contactor auxiliary ACTC 1P/2P TMC60 remote control 3P/4P TMC60 remote control 1-2P Tm remote control V 110/230Vac red indicator light V 110/230Vac green indicator light V 110/230Vac white indicator light V 110/230Vac blue indicator light V 110/230Vac yellow indicator light V 230Vac red flash indicator light 3 phase indicator lights 230/400V V 12/48Vac/dc red indicator light V 12/48Vac/dc green indicator light V 12/48Vac/dc white indicator light V 12/48Vac/dc blue indicator light V 12/48Vac/dc yellow indicator light 110/230Vac double indicator light 10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 16A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 20A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 25A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 32A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 40A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 50A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 63A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 80A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 100A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 125A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 10A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 16A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 20A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 25A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 32A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 40A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 50A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 63A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 80A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 100A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 125A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 10A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 16A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 20A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 25A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 32A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 40A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 50A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 63A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 80A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 100A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 125A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 10A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 16A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 20A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 25A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 32A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 40A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 50A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 63A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 80A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 100A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 125A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 16A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 20A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 25A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 32A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 40A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 50A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 63A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 80A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 100A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 125A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 10A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 16A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 20A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 25A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 39 39 39 39 39 39 47 47 87 87 87 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 18453 18454 18455 18456 18457 18458 18459 18460 18461 18462 18463 18464 18465 18466 18467 18468 18469 18470 18471 18472 18473 18474 18475 18476 18477 18478 18479 18480 18481 18482 184 18484 18485 18486 18487 18488 18489 18490 18491 18492 18493 18494 18495 18496 18497 18498 18499 18500 18501 18502 18503 18504 18505 18506 18507 18508 18509 18510 18511 18512 18513 18514 18515 18516 18517 18518 18519 18520 18521 185 18523 18524 18525 18526 18527 18528 18544 18545 18546 18547 18548 18549 18556 32A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 40A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 50A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 63A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 80A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 100A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 125A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 10A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 16A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 20A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 25A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 32A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 40A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 50A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 63A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 80A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 100A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 125A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 10A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 16A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 20A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 25A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 32A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 40A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 50A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 63A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 80A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 100A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 125A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 16A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 20A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 25A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 32A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 40A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 50A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 63A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 80A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 100A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 125A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 10A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 16A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 20A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 25A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 32A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 40A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 50A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 63A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 80A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 100A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 125A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 10A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 16A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 20A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 25A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 32A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 40A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 50A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 63A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 80A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 100A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 125A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 10A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 16A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 20A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 25A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 32A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 40A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 50A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 63A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 80A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 100A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 125A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D C120 MCB terminal shield C120 MCB terminal screw shield Rear connection terminal + shield 300mA 2P C120H s Class AC Vigi 1000mA 2P C120H s Class AC Vigi 300mA 3P C120H s Class AC Vigi 1000mA 3P C120H s Class AC Vigi 300mA 4P C120H s Class AC Vigi 1000mA 4P C120H s Class AC Vigi 300mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 90 90 91 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 211

Index By part number Part Description Page N o. Part Description Page N o. 18557 18558 18559 18560 18561 18563 18564 18565 18566 18567 18568 18569 18570 18571 18572 18573 18574 18575 18576 18577 18578 18579 18580 18581 18582 185 18584 18585 18586 18587 18588 18589 18591 18592 18593 18594 18595 18596 18597 18598 18599 18610 18611 18612 18613 18614 18615 18616 18617 18618 18621 186 18623 18624 18625 18626 18627 18628 18629 18632 18633 18634 18635 18636 18637 18638 18639 18640 18642 18644 18649 18650 18651 18652 18653 18654 18655 18656 18658 18660 18662 18663 18664 1000mA 2P C120H si Vigi 300mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 1000mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 300mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 1000mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 30mA 2P C120H Class AC Vigi 300mA 2P C120H Class AC Vigi 500mA 2P C120H Class AC Vigi 30mA 3P C120H Class AC Vigi 300mA 3P C120H Class AC Vigi 500mA 3P C120H Class AC Vigi 30mA 4P C120H Class AC Vigi 300mA 4P C120H Class AC Vigi 500mA 4P C120H Class AC Vigi 30mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 300mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 500mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 30mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 300mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 500mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 30mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 300mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 500mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 300mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 500mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 1000mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 300mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 500mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 1000mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 300mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 500mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 1000mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 30mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 300mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 500mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 30mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 300mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 500mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 30mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 300mA 4P C120H si TypeVigi 500mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 10A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 16A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 20A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 25A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 32A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 40A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 50A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 63A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 80A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 10A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 16A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 20A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 25A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 32A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 40A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 50A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 63A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 80A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 10A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 16A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 20A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 25A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 32A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 40A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 50A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 63A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 100A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 125A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 10A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 16A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 20A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 25A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 32A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 40A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 50A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 63A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 80A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 100A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 125A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B 100A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 18665 18666 18667 18668 18669 18670 18671 18672 18673 18674 18705 18706 18707 18708 18709 18710 18711 18712 18713 18714 18715 18716 18717 18718 18719 18720 18721 187 18723 18724 18725 18726 18727 18728 18729 18730 18731 18732 18733 18734 18735 18736 18737 18738 18739 18740 18868 18869 18870 18871 18872 18873 18874 18875 18876 18879 18880 18881 18882 188 18884 18885 18886 18887 18889 18890 18891 18892 18893 18894 18895 18896 19000 19001 19002 19003 19004 19005 19008 19009 19012 19013 19014 125A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B 80A 4P 25kA NG125N curve B 100A 4P 25kA NG125N curve B 125A 4P 25kA NG125N curve B 80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve D 100A 3P 25kA NG125N curve D 125A 3P 25kA NG125N curve D 80A 4P 25kA NG125N curve D 100A 4P 25kA NG125N curve D 125A 4P 25kA NG125N curve D 10A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 16A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 20A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 25A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 32A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 40A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 50A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 63A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 80A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 10A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 16A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 20A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 25A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 32A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 40A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 50A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 63A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 80A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 10A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 16A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 20A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 25A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 32A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 40A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 50A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 63A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 80A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 10A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 16A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 20A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 25A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 32A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 40A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 50A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 63A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 80A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 4A 2P NG125LMA 6.3A 2P NG125LMA 10A 2P NG125LMA 12.5A 2P NG125LMA 16A 2P NG125LMA 25A 2P NG125LMA 40A 2P NG125LMA 63A 2P NG125LMA 80A 2P NG125LMA 4A 3P NG125LMA 6.3A 3P NG125LMA 10A 3P NG125LMA 12.5A 3P NG125LMA 16A 3P NG125LMA 25A 3P NG125LMA 40A 3P NG125LMA 63A 3P NG125LMA 80A 3P NG125LMA 63A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 80A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 100A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 125A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 63A 4P NG125 NA switch dis 80A 4P NG125 NA switch dis 100A 4P NG125 NA switch dis 125A 4P NG125 NA switch dis 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 30mA 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 30mA 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 30mA 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 100 102 100 102 100 102 101 103 103 101 103 212

Index By part number Part Description Page N o. Part Description Page N o. 19015 19016 19030 19031 19032 19033 19034 19035 19036 19037 19039 19041 19042 19044 19046 19047 19049 19053 19054 19055 19056 19058 19059 19060 19064 19065 19066 19067 19068 19069 19070 19071 19072 19073 19074 19075 19076 19077 19078 19080 19081 19082 190 19084 19085 19086 19087 19088 19089 19090 19091 19092 19093 19094 19095 19100 19101 19106 19107 19249 19250 19252 19254 19255 19256 19257 19258 19260 19261 19263 19264 19266 19268 19269 19270 19271 19272 19661 19663 19665 19666 19667 19668 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA TD 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 1000mA TD 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300mA TD NG125 Vigi 3P 63A 1000mA TD 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA TD 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 1000mA TD 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..1000mA 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..1000mA 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA NG125 Vigi SDV,NO aux contact NG125 Vigi SDV,NC aux contact NG125 Vigi MXV auxiliary NG125 230..415Vac MX+OF aux NG125 48..130Vac MX+OF aux NG125 24Vac MX+OF auxiliary 240Vac voltage release (MN) 48Vac voltage release (MN) 48Vdc voltage release (MN) OF+OF electrical auxiliary OF+SD electrical auxiliary OF+OF or OF+SD electrical aux/y 63A 2P NG125 RCD terminal shield 63A 3P NG125 RCD terminal shield 63A 4P NG125 RCD terminal shield 63A 3P NG125 RCd terminal shield 63A 4P NG125 RCD terminal shield 1P NG125 terminal shield 2P NG125 terminal shield 3P NG125 terminal shield 4P NG125 terminal shield 1P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) 2P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) 3P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) 4P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) Rotary handle,standard black Rotary handle,red/yellow front NG125 padlocking accessory INS40/80 bare cable connector (x4) Direct Rotary Handle NG125 connection screws&nuts NG125 cable lugs NG125 terminal for alu cable 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA,si Type 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA,si Type 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 4A 6kA DPN rated curve B 6A 6kA DPN rated curve B 10A 6kA DPN curve B 16A 6kA DPN curve B 20A 6kA DPN curve B 25A 6kA DPN curve B 32A 6kA DPN curve B 40A 6kA DPN curve B 1A 6kA DPN curve C 2A 6kA DPN curve C 4A 6kA DPN curve C 6A 6kA DPN curve C 10A 6kA DPN curve C 16A 6kA DPN curve C 20A 6kA DPN curve C 25A 6kA DPN curve C 32A 6kA DPN curve C 40A 6kA DPN curve C 6A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 10A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 16A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 20A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 25A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 32A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 101 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 106 106 105 105 105 106 106 106 106 105 105 105 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 20,90,109 109 109 109 109 101 101 103 103 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 81 81 81 81 81 81 19669 20267 21100 21101 21102 21103 21104 21105 21106 21107 21108 21109 21110 21111 21112 21113 21115 21116 21117 21118 21119 21120 21121 21127 21128 21129 21130 21133 21140 21141 21142 21143 21144 21145 21146 21147 21148 21180 21181 23111 23116 23146 23213 237 23249 23253 23258 23303 23308 24872 24873 24875 24876 24877 24878 24879 24880 24881 24882 248 24884 25211 25212 25214 25215 25216 25217 25218 25219 250 251 252 253 26476 26477 26478 264 26484 26485 26923 26924 26927 26929 40A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C Brackets for through door mounting 0.1-0.16A P25M MCB 0.16-0.25A P25M MCB 0.25-0.4A P25M MCB 0.4-0.63A P25M MCB 0.63-1A P25M MCB 1-1.6A P25M MCB 1.6-2.5A P25M MCB 1.5-4A P25M MCB 4-6.3A P25M MCB 6.3-10A P25M MCB 9-14A P25M MCB 13-18A P25M MCB 17-23A P25M MCB 20-25A P25M MCB P25M limiter block P25M MCB contact position, F+F P25M MCB contact position, O+F P25M position&alarm F+SD.F P25M position&alarm O+SD.F P25M position&alarm F+SD.O P25M position+alarm 0+SD.O P25M 240 MX voltage release P25M 415 MX inst voltage release P25M MN undervoltage release P25M MN undervoltage release P25M IP55 enclosure P25M MCB green indicator P25M MCB green neon indicator P25M MCB red neon indicator P25M MCB red neon indicator P25M MCB busbar terminal block 2P P25M MCB comb busbar 4P P25M MCB comb busbar P25M insulated cable connector P25M comb busbar end cover RCP phase failure relay RCI relay 230V 80A 100mA 2P RMG 100A 300mA 2P RMG 63A 300mA 4P RMG 100A 300mA 4P RCCB (RMG) 100A 300mA 4P RMG 25A 30mA 2P Class A RCD 40A 30mA 2P Class A RCD 63A 30mA 2P Class A RCD 40A 30mA 4P Class A RCD 63A 30mA 4P Class A RCD 1A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 2A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 4A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 6A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 10A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 16A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 20A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 25A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 32A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 40A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 50A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 63A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 1A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 2A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 4A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 6A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 10A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 16A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 20A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 25A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 32A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 40A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 50A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 63A 4P 10kA C60H curve D MCB 110-415Vac/110-130Vdc MX MCB 48Vac/dc MX MCB 12/24Vac/dc MX 2P replacement cover for Vigibloc 3P replacement cover for Vigibloc 4P replacement cover for Vigibloc RMG auxiliary switch (OFS) C60H/RMG OF auxiliary contact C60H SD fault indicatibg switch C60H OF+SD/OF selector switch 81 118 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 49 49 10,74 10,74 14,74 14,74 14,74 74 74 74 74 74 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 30,91 30,91 30,91 26,75,89 26,75,89 26,75,89 26,75,88 213

Index By part number Part Description Page N o. Part Description Page N o. 26946 26947 26948 26959 26960 26961 26962 26963 26969 26970 26971 26975 26976 26977 26978 26979 26980 26981 26982 26991 27001 27053 27060 27062 27145 27150 28952 28957 28958 29211 29242 29243 29252 29253 29254 29256 29257 29258 29259 29260 29320 29323 29324 29337 29354 29370 29371 29387 29388 29407 29408 29450 29451 29455 29456 29457 29458 29461 29462 29504 29505 29506 29507 30555 30556 30557 30558 30561 30562 31536 31563 31564 31565 31566 31567 31568 31569 31570 32456 32479 32480 32481 32482 MX+OF shunt trip MCB MX+OF shunt trip MCB 24Vac/dc MX+OF shunt trip MCB 115Vac 400Hz MN Undervoltage release (MN) Undervoltage release (MN) Undervoltage release (MN) Undervoltage release,time delay Emergency stop (MNx) MCB/RCD padlock attachment MCB emergency stop (MNx) 1P C60H MCB terminal shields 2P C60H MCB terminal shields MCB 230Vac MNx (C60) 4P C60H MCB terminal shields MCB voltage threshold release MCB voltage threshold release C60H MCB terminal screw shield C60H Vigi terminal screw shield MCB 400Vac MNx (C60) C60H MCB interpole barrier MCB screw connection 16-50mm2 alu cable terminal Modular device spacer C120 MCB padlock attachment C120 MCB label holder 4 cable lugs 95mm2 Cu cable Pair terminal shields Interpact 63A Pair terminal shields Interpact 160A Earth fault protection 160A 3 Tunnel terminal 160A 1.5-95mm2 4 Tunnel terminal 160A 1.5-95mm2 3 lugs NS250 120mm2 Cu cable 3 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Cu cable 3 lugs NS250.185mm2 Cu cable 4 lugs NS250 120mm2 Cu cable 4 lugs NS250 150mm2 Cu cable 4 lugs NS250 185mm2 Cu cable 3 Tunnel terminal 1.5-185mm2 4 Tunnel terminal 1.5-185mm2 One pole terminal shield Three pole terminal shield, pair Four pole terminal shield, pair Rotary handle for 63-250A Mechanical interlock for 2 MCCB Toggle padlocking attachment Toggle padlocking attachment Shunt trip 240V Shunt trip 380/415V Undervoltage release 240V Undervoltage release 380/415V Auxiliary switch SDE auxiliary contact adaptor Direct metering 100A 3P Direct metering 100A 4P CT module 100A 3P CT module 100A 4P CT module with voltage output 100/5 3P CT module with voltage output 100/5 4P 3 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Al cable 4 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Al cable 3 lugs NS250. 185mm2 Al cable 4 lugs NS250. 185mm2 Al cable Direct metering 160A 3P Direct metering 160A 4P CT module 160A 3P CT module 160A 4P CT module with voltage output 150/5 3P CT module with voltage output 150/5 4P MCCB Vigi module 250A 4P 1 set of 3P spreader 250A 1 set of 4P spreader 250A Ammeter module 250A 3P Ammeter module 250A 4P CT module 250A 3P CT module 250A 4P CT module with voltage output 250/5 3P CT module with voltage output 250/5 4P MCCB Vigi module 400A 4P 3 clamps for 35-300mm2 4 clamps for 35-300mm2 3 clamps 2x35-240mm2 4 clamps 2x35-240mm2 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,88 28,76,81,90 26,88 28,90 28,76,90 26,88 28,76,91 26,89 26,90 28,76,90 28,76,91 37, 98 29,91 91 90 30,46,91 91 32490 32491 32500 32501 32502 32503 32504 32505 32506 32507 32564 32565 32597 32631 32653 32654 32655 32656 32657 32658 32855 32856 32857 32858 32861 32862 33466 33469 33487 33489 33490 33492 33494 33495 33564 33566 33568 33570 44936 57655 99217 99219 991 993 995 99560 7795P 7796P 7797P 7798P 7799P 99246A 99246B 1 set of 3P spreader 630A 1 set of 4P spreader 630A 3 lugs for NS630. 240mm2 4 lugs for Interpact. 240mm2 3 lugs for NS630. 300mm2 4 lugs for NS630. 300mm2 3 lugs for NS630. 240mm2 4 lugs for NS630. 240mm2 3 lugs for NS630. 300mm2 4 lugs for NS630. 300mm2 Terminal shields 3P, one pair Terminal shields 4P, one pair Direct rotary handle Fixed toggle padlock device CT module with voltage output 400/5 3P CT module with voltage output 400/5 4P Ammeter module 400A 3P Ammeter module 400A 4P CT module 400A 3P CT module 400A 4P Ammeter module 600A 3P Ammeter module 600A 4P CT module 600A 3P CT module 600A 4P CT module with voltage output 600/5 3P CT module with voltage output 600/5 4P NS800N 3P Micrologic 2.0 NS800N 4P Micrologic 2.0 NS800NA 3P MCCB NS1250NA 3P MCCB NS1600NA 3P MCCB NS800NA 4P MCCB NS1250NA 4P MCCB NS1600NA 4P MCCB NS1250N 3P Micrologic 5.0 NS1250N 4P Micrologic 5.0 NS1600N 3P Micrologic 5.0 NS1600N 4P Micrologic 5.0 MCCB padlocking device CE30 passive infrared detector Earth and neutral bar 19 hole Earth and neutral bar 24 hole Earth and neutral bar 37 hole Earth and neutral bar 48 hole Earth and neutral bar 72 hole 3 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure Prisma Front cover 6 way Prisma Front cover 8 way Prisma Front cover 12 way Prisma Front cover 16 way Prisma Front cover 24 way 4 way hinged cover 4 way hinged cover 60 118 118 118 118 118 77 115 115 115 115 115 118 118 214

Nationwide support on one number - call the Customer Information Centre on 0870 608 8 608 Fax 0870 608 8 606 Schneider Electric s local support Schneider Electric is committed to supporting its customers at every stage of a project. Our 180 sales engineers, the largest dedicated sales force in the UK electrical industry, operate from 4 customer support centres. Our sales engineers are skilled at assessing individual requirements and combined with the expert support of our product specialists, will develop the most effective and economical answer taking relevant regulations and standards fully into account. To access the expertise of the Schneider Electric group, please call 0870 608 8 608. Each customer support centre includes facilities for demonstrations and training, and presentation rooms fully equipped with audio visual and video, providing excellent meeting facilities. Merlin Gerin is a world leader in the manufacture and supply of high, medium and low voltage products for the distribution, protection, control and management of electrical systems and is focused on the needs of both the commercial and industrial sectors. The newly launched VDI Network Solutions offer provides flexible, configurable ethernet systems for all communication needs. Square D is a total quality organisation and its business is to put electricity to work productively and effectively, protecting people, buildings and equipment. Its low voltage electrical distribution equipment, systems and services are used extensively in residential and commercial applications. Telemecanique is a UK market leader and world expert in automation and control. It provides complete solutions, with it's range of components, Modicon range of high technology programmable controllers (PLCs), multiple fieldbus and ethernet communication networks, HMI, motion control systems, variable speed drives and communications software. In addition, it offers power distribution through prefabricated busbar trunking. Local customer support centres Scotland Schneider Electric Ltd Unit 11000 Academy Business Park Gower Street Glasgow G51 1PR South West Schneider Electric Ltd PO Box 41 Langley Road Chippenham Wiltshire SN15 1JJ North West Schneider Electric Ltd Market House Church Street Wilmslow Cheshire SK9 1AY Product showrooms Industrial systems and solutions showroom Schneider Electric Ltd, University of Warwick Science Park, Sir William Lyons Road, Coventry CV4 7EZ Building systems and solutions showroom Schneider Electric Ltd, Stafford Park 5, Telford, Shropshire TF3 3BL Energy and Infrastructure systems and solutions showroom Schneider Electric Ltd, 123 Jack Lane, Hunslet, Leeds LS10 1BS member of MGLV5750 Enclosed switch disconnectors www.schneider.co.uk.co.uk AUG 2005